database/postgres
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/postgres/postgres.git synced 2025-06-29 10:41:53 +03:00
Code Activity

Fixups in content and markup for 7.0 release.

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Thomas G. Lockhart
2000-05-02 20:02:03 +00:00
parent a6894eb81a
commit 45f79cae14
57 changed files with 3130 additions and 2380 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

22
doc/src/sgml/Makefile
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
# #
# #
# IDENTIFICATION # IDENTIFICATION
# $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Makefile,v 1.13 2000/01/14 22:11:31 petere Exp $ # $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Makefile,v 1.14 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
# #
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -67,17 +67,18 @@ vpath %.sgml ./ref
MANSOURCES= $(wildcard ref/*.sgml) MANSOURCES= $(wildcard ref/*.sgml)
APPLICATIONS= createdb.sgml createuser.sgml \ APPLICATIONS= createdb.sgml createlang.sgml createuser.sgml \
createlang.sgml \ dropdb.sgml droplang.sgml dropuser.sgml \
dropdb.sgml dropuser.sgml \ ecpg-ref.sgml \
droplang.sgml \
initdb.sgml initlocation.sgml \ initdb.sgml initlocation.sgml \
ipcclean.sgml \ ipcclean.sgml \
pg_dump.sgml \ pg_dump.sgml \
pg_dumpall.sgml \ pg_dumpall.sgml \
pg_passwd.sgml \
pg_upgrade.sgml \ pg_upgrade.sgml \
pgaccess-ref.sgml \ pgaccess-ref.sgml \
pgadmin-ref.sgml \ pgadmin-ref.sgml \
pgctl-ref.sgml \
pgtclsh.sgml \ pgtclsh.sgml \
pgtksh.sgml \ pgtksh.sgml \
postgres-ref.sgml \ postgres-ref.sgml \
@ -87,8 +88,9 @@ APPLICATIONS= createdb.sgml createuser.sgml \
COMMANDS= abort.sgml alter_group.sgml alter_table.sgml alter_user.sgml \ COMMANDS= abort.sgml alter_group.sgml alter_table.sgml alter_user.sgml \
begin.sgml \ begin.sgml \
close.sgml cluster.sgml commit.sgml copy.sgml \ close.sgml cluster.sgml comment.sgml commit.sgml copy.sgml \
create_aggregate.sgml create_database.sgml create_function.sgml create_group.sgml \ create_aggregate.sgml create_constraint.sgml create_database.sgml \
create_function.sgml create_group.sgml \
create_index.sgml \ create_index.sgml \
create_language.sgml create_operator.sgml create_rule.sgml create_sequence.sgml \ create_language.sgml create_operator.sgml create_rule.sgml create_sequence.sgml \
create_table.sgml create_table_as.sgml create_trigger.sgml create_type.sgml \ create_table.sgml create_table_as.sgml create_trigger.sgml create_type.sgml \
@ -98,12 +100,12 @@ COMMANDS= abort.sgml alter_group.sgml alter_table.sgml alter_user.sgml \
drop_index.sgml \ drop_index.sgml \
drop_language.sgml drop_operator.sgml drop_rule.sgml drop_sequence.sgml \ drop_language.sgml drop_operator.sgml drop_rule.sgml drop_sequence.sgml \
drop_table.sgml drop_trigger.sgml drop_type.sgml drop_user.sgml drop_view.sgml \ drop_table.sgml drop_trigger.sgml drop_type.sgml drop_user.sgml drop_view.sgml \
explain.sgml fetch.sgml grant.sgml \ end.sgml explain.sgml fetch.sgml grant.sgml \
insert.sgml listen.sgml load.sgml lock.sgml move.sgml \ insert.sgml listen.sgml load.sgml lock.sgml move.sgml \
notify.sgml \ notify.sgml \
reset.sgml revoke.sgml rollback.sgml \ reindex.sgml reset.sgml revoke.sgml rollback.sgml \
select.sgml select_into.sgml set.sgml show.sgml \ select.sgml select_into.sgml set.sgml show.sgml \
unlisten.sgml update.sgml vacuum.sgml truncate.sgml unlisten.sgml update.sgml vacuum.sgml
FUNCTIONS= current_date.sgml current_time.sgml current_timestamp.sgml current_user.sgml FUNCTIONS= current_date.sgml current_time.sgml current_timestamp.sgml current_user.sgml

66
doc/src/sgml/admin.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/admin.sgml,v 1.21 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/admin.sgml,v 1.22 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
Postgres Administrator's Guide. Postgres Administrator's Guide.
Derived from postgres.sgml. Derived from postgres.sgml.
@ -34,27 +34,27 @@ Derived from postgres.sgml.
<!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml"> <!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml">
]> ]>
<Book Id="admin"> <book id="admin">
<!-- Title information --> <!-- Title information -->
<Title>PostgreSQL Administrator's Guide</Title> <title>PostgreSQL Administrator's Guide</title>
<BookInfo> <bookinfo>
<ReleaseInfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</ReleaseInfo> <releaseinfo>Covering v7.0 for general release</releaseinfo>
<BookBiblio> <bookbiblio>
<AuthorGroup> <authorgroup>
<CorpAuthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</CorpAuthor> <corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor>
</AuthorGroup> </authorgroup>
<!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported <!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported
<AuthorGroup> <AuthorGroup>
--> -->
<Editor> <editor>
<FirstName>Thomas</FirstName> <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
<SurName>Lockhart</SurName> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
<Affiliation> <affiliation>
<OrgName>Caltech/JPL</OrgName> <orgname>Caltech/JPL</orgname>
</Affiliation> </affiliation>
</Editor> </editor>
<!-- <!--
</AuthorGroup> </AuthorGroup>
--> -->
@ -63,17 +63,17 @@ Derived from postgres.sgml.
<AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials> <AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials>
--> -->
<Date>(last updated 1999-06-01)</Date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</BookBiblio> </bookbiblio>
<LegalNotice> <legalnotice>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is Copyright &copy; 1996-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</Para> </para>
</LegalNotice> </legalnotice>
</BookInfo> </bookinfo>
<!-- <!--
<TOC> </TOC> <TOC> </TOC>
@ -88,20 +88,20 @@ Your name here...
</Dedication> </Dedication>
--> -->
<Preface id="preface"> <preface id="preface">
<Title>Summary</Title> <title>Summary</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department, developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department,
pioneered many of the object-relational concepts pioneered many of the object-relational concepts
now becoming available in some commercial databases. now becoming available in some commercial databases.
It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support, It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support,
transaction integrity, and type extensibility. transaction integrity, and type extensibility.
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is an open-source descendant <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is an open-source descendant
of this original Berkeley code. of this original Berkeley code.
</Para> </para>
</Preface> </preface>
&intro-ag; &intro-ag;
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Don't bother with an index until we get some index entries.
</index> </index>
--> -->
</Book> </book>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file <!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables: Local variables:

6
doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml,v 1.11 2000/04/11 05:39:06 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml,v 1.12 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="advanced"> <chapter id="advanced">
@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ SELECT c.name, c.altitude
+----------+----------+ +----------+----------+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
Here the <quote>*</quote> after cities indicates that the query should Here the "*" after cities indicates that the query should
be run over cities and all classes below cities in the be run over cities and all classes below cities in the
inheritance hierarchy. Many of the commands that we inheritance hierarchy. Many of the commands that we
have already discussed (<command>SELECT</command>, have already discussed (<command>SELECT</command>,
<command>UPDATE</command> and <command>DELETE</command>) <command>UPDATE</command> and <command>DELETE</command>)
support this <quote>*</quote> notation, as do others, like support this inheritance notation using "*" as do other commands like
<command>ALTER</command>. <command>ALTER</command>.
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>

16
doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.13 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<bibliography id="biblio"> <bibliography id="biblio">
@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<productname>Postgres</productname> development team <productname>Postgres</productname> development team
are available at are available at
<ulink url="http://s2k-ftp.CS.Berkeley.EDU:8000/postgres/papers/"> <ulink url="http://s2k-ftp.CS.Berkeley.EDU:8000/postgres/papers/">
http://s2k-ftp.CS.Berkeley.EDU:8000/postgres/papers/</ulink> the University of California, Berkeley, Computer Science
Department web site</ulink>
</para> </para>
<bibliodiv> <bibliodiv>
@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<surname>Lockhart</surname> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
</editor> </editor>
<pubdate>1998-10-01</pubdate> <pubdate>2000-05-01</pubdate>
<publisher> <publisher>
<publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername> <publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername>
</publisher> </publisher>
@ -261,7 +262,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<surname>Lockhart</surname> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
</editor> </editor>
<pubdate>1998-10-01</pubdate> <pubdate>2000-05-01</pubdate>
<publisher> <publisher>
<publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername> <publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername>
</publisher> </publisher>
@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<surname>Lockhart</surname> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
</editor> </editor>
<pubdate>1998-10-01</pubdate> <pubdate>2000-05-01</pubdate>
<publisher> <publisher>
<publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername> <publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername>
</publisher> </publisher>
@ -313,7 +314,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<surname>Lockhart</surname> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
</editor> </editor>
<pubdate>1998-10-01</pubdate> <pubdate>2000-05-01</pubdate>
<publisher> <publisher>
<publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername> <publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername>
</publisher> </publisher>
@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml,v 1.12 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<surname>Lockhart</surname> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
</editor> </editor>
<pubdate>1998-10-01</pubdate> <pubdate>2000-05-01</pubdate>
<publisher> <publisher>
<publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername> <publishername>The PostgreSQL Global Development Group</publishername>
</publisher> </publisher>
@ -585,6 +586,7 @@ http://simon.cs.cornell.edu/home/praveen/papers/partindex.de95.ps.Z
</ulink> </ulink>
</title> </title>
<titleabbrev id="SESHADRI95"> <titleabbrev id="SESHADRI95">
Seshardri, 1995
</titleabbrev> </titleabbrev>
<authorgroup> <authorgroup>
<author> <author>

54
doc/src/sgml/bki.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/bki.sgml,v 1.2 1998/12/29 02:24:13 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/bki.sgml,v 1.3 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
Transcribed from the original bki.man.5 documentation Transcribed from the original bki.man.5 documentation
- Thomas Lockhart 1998-08-03 - Thomas Lockhart 1998-08-03
@ -37,25 +37,28 @@ Related information may be found in documentation for
and the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <command>CREATE DATABASE</command>. and the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <command>CREATE DATABASE</command>.
</para> </para>
<sect1> <sect1>
<title><acronym>BKI</acronym> File Format</title> <title><acronym>BKI</acronym> File Format</title>
<para> <para>
The <productname>Postgres</productname> backend interprets <acronym>BKI</acronym> files as described below. This The <productname>Postgres</productname> backend interprets
description will be easier to understand if the <filename>global1.bki.source</filename> file is <acronym>BKI</acronym> files as described below. This
at hand as an example. (As explained above, this .source file isn't quite description will be easier to understand if the
a <acronym>BKI</acronym> file, but you'll be able to guess what the resulting <acronym>BKI</acronym> file would be <filename>global1.bki.source</filename> file is
anyway). at hand as an example. (As explained above, this .source file isn't quite
</para> a <acronym>BKI</acronym> file, but you'll be able to guess what
the resulting <acronym>BKI</acronym> file would be
anyway).
</para>
<para> <para>
Commands are composed of a command name followed by space separated Commands are composed of a command name followed by space separated
arguments. Arguments to a command which begin with a <quote>$</quote> are arguments. Arguments to a command which begin with a "$" are
treated specially. If <quote>$$</quote> are the first two characters, then treated specially. If "$$" are the first two characters, then
the first <quote>$</quote> is ignored and the argument is then processed the first "$" is ignored and the argument is then processed
normally. If the <quote>$</quote> is followed by space, then it is treated normally. If the "$" is followed by space, then it is treated
as a NULL as a NULL
value. Otherwise, the characters following the <quote>$</quote> are value. Otherwise, the characters following the "$" are
interpreted as the name of a macro causing the argument to be replaced interpreted as the name of a macro causing the argument to be replaced
with the macro's value. It is an error for this macro to be with the macro's value. It is an error for this macro to be
undefined. undefined.
@ -137,7 +140,7 @@ etc., for its attribute values and
<replaceable class="parameter">oid_value</replaceable> <replaceable class="parameter">oid_value</replaceable>
for its OID. If for its OID. If
<replaceable class="parameter">oid_value</replaceable> <replaceable class="parameter">oid_value</replaceable>
is not <quote>0</quote>, then this value will be used as the instance's is not zero (0), then this value will be used as the instance's
object identifier. Otherwise, it is an error. object identifier. Otherwise, it is an error.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -398,7 +401,7 @@ to
<title>Example</title> <title>Example</title>
<para> <para>
The following set of commands will create the <quote>pg_opclass</quote> The following set of commands will create the <literal>pg_opclass</literal>
class containing the class containing the
<parameter>int_ops</parameter> <parameter>int_ops</parameter>
collection as an object with an OID of collection as an object with an OID of
@ -414,3 +417,20 @@ close pg_opclass
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
</chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

524
doc/src/sgml/config.sgml
View File

@ -1,21 +1,23 @@
<chapter id="config"> <chapter>
<title id="install-config">Configuration Options</title> <title>Configuration Options</title>
<sect1> <sect1>
<title>Parameters for Configuration (<application>configure</application>)</title> <title>Parameters for Configuration
(<application>configure</application>)</title>
<para> <para>
The full set of parameters available in <application>configure</application> The full set of parameters available in <application>configure</application>
can be obtained by typing can be obtained by typing
<programlisting> <programlisting>
$ ./configure --help $ ./configure --help
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para>
The following parameters may be of interest to installers: <para>
The following parameters may be of interest to installers:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
Directories to install PostgreSQL in: Directories to install PostgreSQL in:
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
[/usr/local/pgsql] [/usr/local/pgsql]
@ -54,191 +56,198 @@ Features and packages:
--with-CXX=<replaceable>compiler</replaceable> --with-CXX=<replaceable>compiler</replaceable>
use specific C++ compiler use specific C++ compiler
--without-CXX prevent building C++ code --without-CXX prevent building C++ code
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para>
Some systems may have trouble building a specific feature of <para>
<productname>Postgres</productname>. For example, systems with a damaged Some systems may have trouble building a specific feature of
C++ compiler may need to specify <option>--without-CXX</option> to instruct <productname>Postgres</productname>. For example, systems with a damaged
the build procedure to skip construction of <filename>libpq++</filename>. C++ compiler may need to specify <option>--without-CXX</option> to instruct
</para> the build procedure to skip construction of <filename>libpq++</filename>.
<para> </para>
Use the <option>--with-includes</option> and
<option>--with-libraries</option> options if you want to build <para>
<productname>Postgres</productname> using include files or libraries Use the <option>--with-includes</option> and
that are not installed in your system's standard search path. For <option>--with-libraries</option> options if you want to build
example, you might use these to build with an experimental version of <productname>Postgres</productname> using include files or libraries
Tcl. If you need to specify more than one nonstandard directory for that are not installed in your system's standard search path. For
include files or libraries, do it like this: example, you might use these to build with an experimental version of
<programlisting> Tcl. If you need to specify more than one nonstandard directory for
--with-includes="/opt/tcl/include /opt/perl5/include" include files or libraries, do it like this:
</programlisting>
</para> <programlisting>
<para> --with-includes="/opt/tcl/include /opt/perl5/include"
</para> </programlisting>
</sect1> </para>
<sect1> </sect1>
<title>Parameters for Building (<application>make</application>)</title>
<sect1>
<title>Parameters for Building (<application>make</application>)</title>
<para> <para>
Many installation-related parameters can be set in the building Many installation-related parameters can be set in the building
stage of <productname>Postgres</productname> installation. stage of <productname>Postgres</productname> installation.
</para> </para>
<para>
In most cases, these parameters should be placed in a file, <para>
<filename>Makefile.custom</filename>, intended just for that purpose. In most cases, these parameters should be placed in a file,
The default distribution does not contain this optional file, so you <filename>Makefile.custom</filename>, intended just for that purpose.
will create it using a text editor of your choice. When upgrading installations, The default distribution does not contain this optional file, so you
you can simply copy your old Makefile.custom to the new installation before will create it using a text editor of your choice. When upgrading installations,
doing the build. you can simply copy your old Makefile.custom to the new installation before
</para> doing the build.
<para> </para>
Alternatively, you can set variables on the <application>make</application>
command line: <para>
<synopsis> Alternatively, you can set variables on the <application>make</application>
make [ <replaceable>variable</replaceable>=<replaceable class="parameter">value</replaceable> [...] ] command line:
</synopsis>
</para> <programlisting>
<para> make [ <replaceable>variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable> [...] ]
A few of the many variables that can be specified are: </programlisting>
</para>
<para>
A few of the many variables that can be specified are:
<variablelist> <variablelist>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term> <term>
<envar>POSTGRESDIR</envar> <envar>POSTGRESDIR</envar>
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Top of the installation tree. Top of the installation tree.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term> <term>
<envar>BINDIR</envar> <envar>BINDIR</envar>
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Location of applications and utilities. Location of applications and utilities.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term> <term>
<envar>LIBDIR</envar> <envar>LIBDIR</envar>
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Location of object libraries, including shared libraries. Location of object libraries, including shared libraries.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term> <term>
<envar>HEADERDIR</envar> <envar>HEADERDIR</envar>
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Location of include files. Location of include files.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term> <term>
<envar>ODBCINST</envar> <envar>ODBCINST</envar>
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Location of installation-wide <application>psqlODBC</application> Location of installation-wide <application>psqlODBC</application>
(<acronym>ODBC</acronym>) configuration file. (<acronym>ODBC</acronym>) configuration file.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
</variablelist> </variablelist>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
There are other optional parameters which are not as commonly used. There are other optional parameters which are not as commonly used.
Many of those listed below are appropriate when doing Many of those listed below are appropriate when doing
<application>Postgres</application> server code development. <application>Postgres</application> server code development.
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>CFLAGS</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set flags for the C compiler.
Should be assigned with "+=" to retain relevant default parameters.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>YFLAGS</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set flags for the yacc/bison parser. <option>-v</option> might be
used to help diagnose problems building a new parser.
Should be assigned with "+=" to retain relevant default parameters.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>USE_TCL</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Enable Tcl interface building.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>HSTYLE</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
DocBook <acronym>HTML</acronym> style sheets for building the
documentation from scratch.
Not used unless you are developing new documentation from the
DocBook-compatible <acronym>SGML</acronym> source documents in
<filename>doc/src/sgml/</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>PSTYLE</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
DocBook style sheets for building printed documentation from scratch.
Not used unless you are developing new documentation from the
DocBook-compatible <acronym>SGML</acronym> source documents in
<filename>doc/src/sgml/</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Here is an example <filename>Makefile.custom</filename> for a
PentiumPro Linux system:
<variablelist> <programlisting>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>CFLAGS</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set flags for the C compiler.
Should be assigned with "+=" to retain relevant default parameters.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>YFLAGS</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set flags for the yacc/bison parser. <option>-v</option> might be
used to help diagnose problems building a new parser.
Should be assigned with "+=" to retain relevant default parameters.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>USE_TCL</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Enable Tcl interface building.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>HSTYLE</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
DocBook <acronym>HTML</acronym> style sheets for building the
documentation from scratch.
Not used unless you are developing new documentation from the
DocBook-compatible <acronym>SGML</acronym> source documents in
<filename>doc/src/sgml/</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<envar>PSTYLE</envar>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
DocBook style sheets for building printed documentation from scratch.
Not used unless you are developing new documentation from the
DocBook-compatible <acronym>SGML</acronym> source documents in
<filename>doc/src/sgml/</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Here is an example <filename>Makefile.custom</filename> for a
PentiumPro Linux system:
<programlisting>
# Makefile.custom # Makefile.custom
# Thomas Lockhart 1999-06-01 # Thomas Lockhart 1999-06-01
@ -249,21 +258,22 @@ CFLAGS+= -m486 -O2
HSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/html HSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/html
PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
<Sect1>
<Title>Locale Support</Title> <sect1>
<title>Locale Support</title>
<Para> <para>
<Note> <note>
<Para> <para>
Written by Oleg Bartunov. Written by Oleg Bartunov.
See <ULink url="http://www.sai.msu.su/~megera/postgres/">Oleg's web page</ULink> See <ulink url="http://www.sai.msu.su/~megera/postgres/">Oleg's web page</ulink>
for additional information on locale and Russian language support. for additional information on locale and Russian language support.
</Para> </para>
</Note> </note>
While doing a project for a company in Moscow, Russia, While doing a project for a company in Moscow, Russia,
I encountered the problem that postgresql had no I encountered the problem that postgresql had no
support of national alphabets. After looking for possible workarounds support of national alphabets. After looking for possible workarounds
@ -271,7 +281,7 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
I'm not a C-programer but already had some experience with locale programming I'm not a C-programer but already had some experience with locale programming
when I work with perl when I work with perl
(debugging) and glimpse. After several days of digging through (debugging) and glimpse. After several days of digging through
the <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> source tree I made very minor corections to the <productname>Postgres</productname> source tree I made very minor corections to
src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c and src/backend/main/main.c and got what I needed! src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c and src/backend/main/main.c and got what I needed!
I did support only for I did support only for
<envar>LC_CTYPE</envar> and <envar>LC_COLLATE</envar>, <envar>LC_CTYPE</envar> and <envar>LC_COLLATE</envar>,
@ -280,13 +290,13 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
and (to my surprise) it was and (to my surprise) it was
incorporated into the <productname>Postgres</productname> distribution. incorporated into the <productname>Postgres</productname> distribution.
</para> </para>
<Para> <para>
People often complain that locale doesn't work for them. People often complain that locale doesn't work for them.
There are several common mistakes: There are several common mistakes:
<ItemizedList> <itemizedlist>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
Didn't properly configure postgresql before compilation. Didn't properly configure postgresql before compilation.
You must run configure with --enable-locale option to enable locale support. You must run configure with --enable-locale option to enable locale support.
Didn't setup environment correctly when starting postmaster. Didn't setup environment correctly when starting postmaster.
@ -297,24 +307,24 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
I use following shell script I use following shell script
(runpostgres): (runpostgres):
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
#!/bin/sh #!/bin/sh
export LC_CTYPE=koi8-r export LC_CTYPE=koi8-r
export LC_COLLATE=koi8-r export LC_COLLATE=koi8-r
postmaster -B 1024 -S -D/usr/local/pgsql/data/ -o '-Fe' postmaster -B 1024 -S -D/usr/local/pgsql/data/ -o '-Fe'
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
and run it from rc.local as and run it from rc.local as
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
/bin/su - postgres -c "/home/postgres/runpostgres" /bin/su - postgres -c "/home/postgres/runpostgres"
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
Broken locale support in OS (for example, locale support in libc Broken locale support in OS (for example, locale support in libc
under Linux several times has changed under Linux several times has changed
and this caused a lot of problems). Latest perl has also support of and this caused a lot of problems). Latest perl has also support of
@ -333,10 +343,10 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
perl: warning: Falling back to the standard locale ("C"). perl: warning: Falling back to the standard locale ("C").
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
Wrong location of locale files! Wrong location of locale files!
Possible locations include: Possible locations include:
@ -348,15 +358,15 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
Under Linux I did a symbolic link between <filename>/usr/lib/locale</filename> and Under Linux I did a symbolic link between <filename>/usr/lib/locale</filename> and
<filename>/usr/share/locale</filename> to be sure that <filename>/usr/share/locale</filename> to be sure that
the next libc will not break my locale. the next libc will not break my locale.
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
</ItemizedList> </itemizedlist>
</para> </para>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>What are the Benefits?</Title> <title>What are the Benefits?</title>
<Para> <para>
You can use ~* and order by operators for strings contain characters You can use ~* and order by operators for strings contain characters
from national alphabets. Non-english users from national alphabets. Non-english users
definitely need that. If you won't use locale stuff just undefine definitely need that. If you won't use locale stuff just undefine
@ -364,20 +374,20 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>What are the Drawbacks?</Title> <title>What are the Drawbacks?</title>
<Para> <para>
There is one evident drawback of using locale - its speed! There is one evident drawback of using locale - its speed!
So, use locale only if you really need it. So, use locale only if you really need it.
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
</sect1> </sect1>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Kerberos Authentication</Title> <title>Kerberos Authentication</title>
<Para> <para>
<productname>Kerberos</productname> is an industry-standard secure authentication <productname>Kerberos</productname> is an industry-standard secure authentication
system suitable for distributed computing over a public network. system suitable for distributed computing over a public network.
</para> </para>
@ -388,7 +398,7 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
<para> <para>
The The
<productname>Kerberos</productname> <productname>Kerberos</productname>
authentication system is not distributed with <Productname>Postgres</Productname>. Versions of authentication system is not distributed with <productname>Postgres</productname>. Versions of
<productname>Kerberos</productname> <productname>Kerberos</productname>
are typically available as optional software from operating system are typically available as optional software from operating system
vendors. In addition, a source code distribution may be obtained through vendors. In addition, a source code distribution may be obtained through
@ -414,9 +424,9 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
<ulink url="info-kerberos@athena.mit.edu">MIT Project Athena</ulink>. <ulink url="info-kerberos@athena.mit.edu">MIT Project Athena</ulink>.
Note that <acronym>FAQL</acronym>s Note that <acronym>FAQL</acronym>s
(Frequently-Asked Questions Lists) are periodically posted to the (Frequently-Asked Questions Lists) are periodically posted to the
<ulink url="mailto:kerberos@ATHENA.MIT.EDU"><productname>Kerberos</productname> mailing list</ulink> <ulink url="mailto:kerberos@athena.mit.edu"><productname>Kerberos</productname> mailing list</ulink>
(send (send
<ulink url="mailto:kerberos-request@ATHENA.MIT.EDU">mail to subscribe</ulink>), <ulink url="mailto:kerberos-request@athena.mit.edu">mail to subscribe</ulink>),
and and
<ulink url="news:comp.protocols.kerberos">USENET news group</ulink>. <ulink url="news:comp.protocols.kerberos">USENET news group</ulink>.
</para> </para>
@ -435,19 +445,19 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
is somehow readable by the <productname>Postgres</productname> account. is somehow readable by the <productname>Postgres</productname> account.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<Productname>Postgres</Productname> and its clients can be compiled to use <productname>Postgres</productname> and its clients can be compiled to use
either Version 4 or Version 5 of the MIT either Version 4 or Version 5 of the MIT
<productname>Kerberos</productname> <productname>Kerberos</productname>
protocols by setting the protocols by setting the
<envar>KRBVERS</envar> <envar>KRBVERS</envar>
variable in the file <filename>src/Makefile.global</filename> to the variable in the file <filename>src/Makefile.global</filename> to the
appropriate value. You can also change the location where appropriate value. You can also change the location where
<Productname>Postgres</Productname> <productname>Postgres</productname>
expects to find the associated libraries, header files and its own expects to find the associated libraries, header files and its own
server key file. server key file.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
After compilation is complete, <Productname>Postgres</Productname> After compilation is complete, <productname>Postgres</productname>
must be registered as a <productname>Kerberos</productname> must be registered as a <productname>Kerberos</productname>
service. See the service. See the
<citetitle>Kerberos Operations Notes</citetitle> <citetitle>Kerberos Operations Notes</citetitle>
@ -459,7 +469,7 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
<title>Operation</title> <title>Operation</title>
<para> <para>
After initial installation, <Productname>Postgres</Productname> After initial installation, <productname>Postgres</productname>
should operate in all ways as a normal should operate in all ways as a normal
<productname>Kerberos</productname> <productname>Kerberos</productname>
service. For details on the use of authentication, see the service. For details on the use of authentication, see the
@ -477,13 +487,13 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
User principal names (anames) are assumed to User principal names (anames) are assumed to
contain the actual Unix/<Productname>Postgres</Productname> user name contain the actual Unix/<productname>Postgres</productname> user name
in the first component. in the first component.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
The <Productname>Postgres</Productname> service is assumed to be have two components, The <productname>Postgres</productname> service is assumed to be have two components,
the service name and a hostname, canonicalized as in Version 4 (i.e., with all domain the service name and a hostname, canonicalized as in Version 4 (i.e., with all domain
suffixes removed). suffixes removed).
</para> </para>
@ -491,6 +501,7 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title>Kerberos Parameter Examples</title> <title>Kerberos Parameter Examples</title>
@ -543,3 +554,20 @@ PSTYLE= /home/tgl/SGML/db118.d/docbook/print
</sect2> </sect2>
</sect1> </sect1>
</chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

6
doc/src/sgml/cvs.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/cvs.sgml,v 1.7 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/cvs.sgml,v 1.8 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
CVS code repository CVS code repository
Thomas Lockhart Thomas Lockhart
--> -->
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ $ cvs checkout -r REL6_4 tc
1.6 1.6
</programlisting> </programlisting>
then the tag <quote><literal>TAG</literal></quote> will reference then the tag "<literal>TAG</literal>" will reference
file1-1.2, file2-1.3, etc. file1-1.2, file2-1.3, etc.
<note> <note>
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ $ which cvsup
who are actively maintaining the code base originally developed by who are actively maintaining the code base originally developed by
<ulink <ulink
url="http://www.research.digital.com/SRC/modula-3/html/home.html">the DEC Systems Research Center</ulink>. url="http://www.research.digital.com/SRC/modula-3/html/home.html">the DEC Systems Research Center</ulink>.
The <quote>PM3</quote> <productname>RPM</productname> distribution is roughly The <productname>PM3</productname> <productname>RPM</productname> distribution is roughly
30MB compressed. At the time of writing, the 1.1.10-1 release 30MB compressed. At the time of writing, the 1.1.10-1 release
installed cleanly on RH-5.2, whereas the 1.1.11-1 release is installed cleanly on RH-5.2, whereas the 1.1.11-1 release is
apparently built for another release (RH-6.0?) and does not run on RH-5.2. apparently built for another release (RH-6.0?) and does not run on RH-5.2.

431
doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.29 2000/04/14 15:08:56 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.30 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="datatype"> <chapter id="datatype">
@ -262,9 +262,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.29 2000/04/14 15:08:56 th
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
The original <productname>Postgres</productname> v4.2 code received from Floating point numbers are allowed to retain
Berkeley rounded all double precision floating point results to six digits for
output. Starting with v6.1, floating point numbers are allowed to retain
most of the intrinsic precision of the type (typically 15 digits for doubles, most of the intrinsic precision of the type (typically 15 digits for doubles,
6 digits for 4-byte floats). 6 digits for 4-byte floats).
Other types with underlying floating point fields (e.g. geometric Other types with underlying floating point fields (e.g. geometric
@ -277,8 +275,8 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.29 2000/04/14 15:08:56 th
<title>Numeric Types</title> <title>Numeric Types</title>
<para> <para>
Numeric types consist of two- and four-byte integers and four- and eight-byte Numeric types consist of two- and four-byte integers, four- and eight-byte
floating point numbers. floating point numbers and fixed-precision decimals.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -299,7 +297,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml,v 1.29 2000/04/14 15:08:56 th
<entry>decimal</entry> <entry>decimal</entry>
<entry>variable</entry> <entry>variable</entry>
<entry>User-specified precision</entry> <entry>User-specified precision</entry>
<entry>no limit</entry> <entry>~8000 digits</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>float4</entry> <entry>float4</entry>
@ -554,13 +552,13 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<title>Date/Time Types</title> <title>Date/Time Types</title>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> supports the full set of <productname>Postgres</productname> supports the full set of
<acronym>SQL</acronym> date and time types. <acronym>SQL</acronym> date and time types.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Date/Time Types</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Date/Time Types</title>
<titleabbrev>Date/Time</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Date/Time</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="4"> <tgroup cols="4">
<thead> <thead>
@ -576,7 +574,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<tbody> <tbody>
<row> <row>
<entry><type>timestamp</type></entry> <entry><type>timestamp</type></entry>
<entry>for data containing both date and time</entry> <entry>both date and time</entry>
<entry>8 bytes</entry> <entry>8 bytes</entry>
<entry>4713 BC</entry> <entry>4713 BC</entry>
<entry>AD 1465001</entry> <entry>AD 1465001</entry>
@ -584,7 +582,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry><type>timestamp with time zone</type></entry> <entry><type>timestamp with time zone</type></entry>
<entry>date and time including time zone</entry> <entry>date and time with time zone</entry>
<entry>8 bytes</entry> <entry>8 bytes</entry>
<entry>1903 AD</entry> <entry>1903 AD</entry>
<entry>2037 AD</entry> <entry>2037 AD</entry>
@ -600,7 +598,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry><type>date</type></entry> <entry><type>date</type></entry>
<entry>for data containing only dates</entry> <entry>dates only</entry>
<entry>4 bytes</entry> <entry>4 bytes</entry>
<entry>4713 BC</entry> <entry>4713 BC</entry>
<entry>32767 AD</entry> <entry>32767 AD</entry>
@ -608,7 +606,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry><type>time</type></entry> <entry><type>time</type></entry>
<entry>for data containing only times of the day</entry> <entry>times of day only</entry>
<entry>4 bytes</entry> <entry>4 bytes</entry>
<entry>00:00:00.00</entry> <entry>00:00:00.00</entry>
<entry>23:59:59.99</entry> <entry>23:59:59.99</entry>
@ -616,7 +614,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry><type>time with time zone</type></entry> <entry><type>time with time zone</type></entry>
<entry>times of the day</entry> <entry>times of day only</entry>
<entry>4 bytes</entry> <entry>4 bytes</entry>
<entry>00:00:00.00+12</entry> <entry>00:00:00.00+12</entry>
<entry>23:59:59.99-12</entry> <entry>23:59:59.99-12</entry>
@ -628,13 +626,17 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
To ensure compatibility to earlier versions of <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> To ensure compatibility to earlier versions of <productname>Postgres</productname>
we also continue to provide <type>datetime</type> (equivalent to <type>timestamp</type>) and we also continue to provide <type>datetime</type> (equivalent to <type>timestamp</type>) and
<type>timespan</type> (equivalent to <type>interval</type>). The types <type>abstime</type> <type>timespan</type> (equivalent to <type>interval</type>),
however support for these is now restricted to having an
implicit translation to <type>timestamp</type> and
<type>interval</type>.
The types <type>abstime</type>
and <type>reltime</type> are lower precision types which are used internally. and <type>reltime</type> are lower precision types which are used internally.
You are discouraged from using any of these types in new You are discouraged from using any of these types in new
applications and are encouraged to move any old applications and are encouraged to move any old
ones over when appropriate. Any or all of these types might disappear in a future release. ones over when appropriate. Any or all of these internal types might disappear in a future release.
</para> </para>
</note> </note>
</para> </para>
@ -648,11 +650,11 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<acronym>ISO-8601</acronym>, <acronym>SQL</acronym>-compatible, <acronym>ISO-8601</acronym>, <acronym>SQL</acronym>-compatible,
traditional <productname>Postgres</productname>, and others. traditional <productname>Postgres</productname>, and others.
The ordering of month and day in date input can be ambiguous, therefore a setting The ordering of month and day in date input can be ambiguous, therefore a setting
exists to specify how it should be interpreted. The command exists to specify how it should be interpreted in ambiguous cases. The command
<literal>SET DateStyle TO 'US'</literal> or <literal>SET DateStyle TO 'NonEuropean'</literal> <literal>SET DateStyle TO 'US'</literal> or <literal>SET DateStyle TO 'NonEuropean'</literal>
specifies the variant <quote>month before day</quote>, the command specifies the variant "month before day", the command
<literal>SET DateStyle TO 'European'</literal> sets the variant <literal>SET DateStyle TO 'European'</literal> sets the variant
<quote>day before month</quote>. The <literal>ISO</literal> style "day before month". The <literal>ISO</literal> style
is the default but this default can be changed at compile time or at run time. is the default but this default can be changed at compile time or at run time.
</para> </para>
@ -672,7 +674,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
The following are possible inputs for the <type>date</type> type. The following are possible inputs for the <type>date</type> type.
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Date Input</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Date Input</title>
<titleabbrev>Date Inputs</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Date Inputs</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
<thead> <thead>
@ -702,10 +704,6 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<entry>1/18/1999</entry> <entry>1/18/1999</entry>
<entry>US; read as January 18 in any mode</entry> <entry>US; read as January 18 in any mode</entry>
</row> </row>
<row>
<entry>1999.008</entry>
<entry>Year and day of year</entry>
</row>
<row> <row>
<entry>19990108</entry> <entry>19990108</entry>
<entry>ISO-8601 year, month, day</entry> <entry>ISO-8601 year, month, day</entry>
@ -724,7 +722,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>January 8, 99 BC</entry> <entry>January 8, 99 BC</entry>
<entry>Year 99 before the common era</entry> <entry>Year 99 before the Common Era</entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
</tgroup> </tgroup>
@ -733,7 +731,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<para> <para>
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Month Abbreviations</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Month Abbreviations</title>
<titleabbrev>Month Abbreviations</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Month Abbreviations</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
<thead> <thead>
@ -800,7 +798,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<para> <para>
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Day of Week Abbreviations</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Day of Week Abbreviations</title>
<titleabbrev>Day of Week Abbreviations</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Day of Week Abbreviations</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
<thead> <thead>
@ -850,7 +848,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
The following are valid <type>time</type> inputs. The following are valid <type>time</type> inputs.
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Time Input</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Time Input</title>
<titleabbrev>Time Inputs</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Time Inputs</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
<thead> <thead>
@ -904,13 +902,14 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<sect3> <sect3>
<title>time with time zone</title> <title>time with time zone</title>
<para> <para>
This type is defined by SQL92, but the definition exhibits This type is defined by SQL92, but the definition exhibits
fundamental deficiencies which renders the type near useless. In fundamental deficiencies which renders the type nearly useless. In
most cases, a combination of <type>date</type>, most cases, a combination of <type>date</type>,
<type>time</type>, and <type>timestamp with time zone</type> <type>time</type>, and <type>timestamp</type>
should provide a complete range of date/time functionality should provide a complete range of date/time functionality
required by an application. required by any application.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -919,7 +918,7 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
as follows: as follows:
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Time With Time <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Time With Time
Zone Input</title> Zone Input</title>
<titleabbrev>Time With Time Zone Inputs</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Time With Time Zone Inputs</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
@ -959,89 +958,97 @@ CREATE TABLE <replaceable class="parameter">tablename</replaceable> (<replaceabl
<sect3> <sect3>
<title>timestamp</title> <title>timestamp</title>
<para>
Valid input for the <type>timestamp</type> type consists of a concatenation
of a date and a time, followed by an optional <literal>AD</literal> or
<literal>BC</literal>, followed by an optional time zone. (See below.)
Thus
<programlisting>
1999-01-08 04:05:06 -8:00
</programlisting>
is a valid <type>timestamp</type> value, which is <acronym>ISO</acronym>-compliant.
In addition, the wide-spread format
<programlisting>
January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
</programlisting>
is supported.
</para>
<para> <para>
<table tocentry="1" id="timezone"> Valid input for the <type>timestamp</type> type consists of a concatenation
<title id="timezone-title"><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Time Zone Input</title> of a date and a time, followed by an optional <literal>AD</literal> or
<titleabbrev>Time Zone Inputs</titleabbrev> <literal>BC</literal>, followed by an optional time zone. (See below.)
<tgroup cols="2"> Thus
<thead>
<row> <programlisting>
<entry>Time Zone</entry> 1999-01-08 04:05:06 -8:00
<entry>Description</entry> </programlisting>
</row>
</thead> is a valid <type>timestamp</type> value, which is <acronym>ISO</acronym>-compliant.
<tbody> In addition, the wide-spread format
<row>
<entry>PST</entry> <programlisting>
<entry>Pacific Standard Time</entry> January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
</row> </programlisting>
<row> is supported.
<entry>-8:00</entry> </para>
<entry>ISO-8601 offset for PST</entry>
</row> <para>
<row> <table tocentry="1" id="timezone">
<entry>-800</entry> <title id="timezone-title"><productname>Postgres</productname> Time Zone Input</title>
<entry>ISO-8601 offset for PST</entry> <titleabbrev>Time Zone Inputs</titleabbrev>
</row> <tgroup cols="2">
<row> <thead>
<entry>-8</entry> <row>
<entry>ISO-8601 offset for PST</entry> <entry>Time Zone</entry>
</row> <entry>Description</entry>
</tbody> </row>
</tgroup> </thead>
</table> <tbody>
</para> <row>
<entry>PST</entry>
<entry>Pacific Standard Time</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>-8:00</entry>
<entry>ISO-8601 offset for PST</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>-800</entry>
<entry>ISO-8601 offset for PST</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>-8</entry>
<entry>ISO-8601 offset for PST</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
</sect3> </sect3>
<sect3> <sect3>
<title>interval</title> <title>interval</title>
<para> <para>
<type>interval</type>s can be specified with the following syntax: <type>interval</type>s can be specified with the following syntax:
<programlisting>
<programlisting>
Quantity Unit [Quantity Unit...] [Direction] Quantity Unit [Quantity Unit...] [Direction]
@ Quantity Unit [Direction] @ Quantity Unit [Direction]
</programlisting> </programlisting>
where: <literal>Quantity</literal> is ..., <literal>-1</literal>,
<literal>0</literal>, <literal>1</literal>, <literal>2</literal>, ...; where: <literal>Quantity</literal> is ..., <literal>-1</literal>,
<literal>Unit</literal> is <literal>second</literal>, <literal>0</literal>, <literal>1</literal>, <literal>2</literal>, ...;
<literal>minute</literal>, <literal>hour</literal>, <literal>day</literal>, <literal>Unit</literal> is <literal>second</literal>,
<literal>week</literal>, <literal>month</literal>, <literal>year</literal>, <literal>minute</literal>, <literal>hour</literal>, <literal>day</literal>,
<literal>decade</literal>, <literal>century</literal>, <literal>millennium</literal>, <literal>week</literal>, <literal>month</literal>, <literal>year</literal>,
or abbreviations or plurals of these units; <literal>decade</literal>, <literal>century</literal>, <literal>millennium</literal>,
<literal>Direction</literal> can be <literal>ago</literal> or or abbreviations or plurals of these units;
empty. <literal>Direction</literal> can be <literal>ago</literal> or
</para> empty.
</sect3> </para>
</sect3>
<sect3> <sect3>
<title>Special values</title> <title>Special values</title>
<para>
The following <acronym>SQL</acronym>-compatible functions can be used as date or time <para>
input for the corresponding datatype: <literal>CURRENT_DATE</literal>, The following <acronym>SQL</acronym>-compatible functions can be used as date or time
<literal>CURRENT_TIME</literal>, <literal>CURRENT_TIMESTAMP</literal>. input for the corresponding datatype: <literal>CURRENT_DATE</literal>,
</para> <literal>CURRENT_TIME</literal>, <literal>CURRENT_TIMESTAMP</literal>.
<para> </para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> also supports several special constants for <para>
convenience. <productname>Postgres</productname> also supports several special constants for
convenience.
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgresSQL</productname> Special Date/Time Constants</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Special Date/Time Constants</title>
<titleabbrev>Constants</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Constants</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
<thead> <thead>
@ -1110,7 +1117,7 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
The default is the <acronym>ISO</acronym> format. The default is the <acronym>ISO</acronym> format.
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Date/Time Output Styles</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Date/Time Output Styles</title>
<titleabbrev>Styles</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Styles</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="3"> <tgroup cols="3">
<thead> <thead>
@ -1148,7 +1155,7 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
<para> <para>
The output of the <type>date</type> and <type>time</type> styles is of course The output of the <type>date</type> and <type>time</type> styles is of course
only the date or time part in accordance with the above examples only the date or time part in accordance with the above examples.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1157,22 +1164,25 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
at Date/Time Input, how this setting affects interpretation of input values.) at Date/Time Input, how this setting affects interpretation of input values.)
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname> Date Order Conventions</title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Date Order Conventions</title>
<titleabbrev>Order</titleabbrev> <titleabbrev>Date Order</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="3"> <tgroup cols="3">
<thead> <thead>
<row> <row>
<entry>Style Specification</entry> <entry>Style Specification</entry>
<entry>Description</entry>
<entry>Example</entry> <entry>Example</entry>
</row> </row>
</thead> </thead>
<tbody> <tbody>
<row> <row>
<entry>European</entry> <entry>European</entry>
<entry><replaceable>day</replaceable>/<replaceable>month</replaceable>/<replaceable>year</replaceable></entry>
<entry>17/12/1997 15:37:16.00 MET</entry> <entry>17/12/1997 15:37:16.00 MET</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>US</entry> <entry>US</entry>
<entry><replaceable>month</replaceable>/<replaceable>day</replaceable>/<replaceable>year</replaceable></entry>
<entry>12/17/1997 07:37:16.00 PST</entry> <entry>12/17/1997 07:37:16.00 PST</entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
@ -1181,9 +1191,10 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<type>interval</type> output looks like the input format, expect that units like <type>interval</type> output looks like the input format, except that units like
<literal>week</literal> or <literal>century</literal> are converted to years and days. <literal>week</literal> or <literal>century</literal> are converted to years and days.
In ISO mode the output looks like In ISO mode the output looks like
<programlisting> <programlisting>
[ Quantity Units [ ... ] ] [ Days ] Hours:Minutes [ ago ] [ Quantity Units [ ... ] ] [ Days ] Hours:Minutes [ ago ]
</programlisting> </programlisting>
@ -1219,7 +1230,7 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
<title>Time Zones</title> <title>Time Zones</title>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> endeavors to be compatible with <productname>Postgres</productname> endeavors to be compatible with
<acronym>SQL92</acronym> definitions for typical usage. <acronym>SQL92</acronym> definitions for typical usage.
However, the <acronym>SQL92</acronym> standard has an odd mix of date and However, the <acronym>SQL92</acronym> standard has an odd mix of date and
time types and capabilities. Two obvious problems are: time types and capabilities. Two obvious problems are:
@ -1249,7 +1260,7 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
To address these difficulties, <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> To address these difficulties, <productname>Postgres</productname>
associates time zones only with date and time associates time zones only with date and time
types which contain both date and time, types which contain both date and time,
and assumes local time for any type containing only and assumes local time for any type containing only
@ -1260,7 +1271,7 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> obtains time zone support <productname>Postgres</productname> obtains time zone support
from the underlying operating system for dates between 1902 and from the underlying operating system for dates between 1902 and
2038 (near the typical date limits for Unix-style 2038 (near the typical date limits for Unix-style
systems). Outside of this range, all dates are assumed to be systems). Outside of this range, all dates are assumed to be
@ -1322,7 +1333,7 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
<title>Internals</title> <title>Internals</title>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> uses Julian dates <productname>Postgres</productname> uses Julian dates
for all date/time calculations. They have the nice property of correctly for all date/time calculations. They have the nice property of correctly
predicting/calculating any date more recent than 4713BC predicting/calculating any date more recent than 4713BC
to far into the future, using the assumption that the length of the to far into the future, using the assumption that the length of the
@ -1476,13 +1487,32 @@ January 8 04:05:06 1999 PST
<para> <para>
<type>point</type> is specified using the following syntax: <type>point</type> is specified using the following syntax:
<programlisting> <synopsis>
( x , y ) ( <replaceable>x</replaceable> , <replaceable>y</replaceable> )
x , y <replaceable>x</replaceable> , <replaceable>y</replaceable>
where </synopsis>
x is the x-axis coordinate as a floating point number
y is the y-axis coordinate as a floating point number where the arguments are
</programlisting>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>x</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
The x-axis coordinate as a floating point number.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>y</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
The y-axis coordinate as a floating point number.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -1495,13 +1525,26 @@ where
<para> <para>
<type>lseg</type> is specified using the following syntax: <type>lseg</type> is specified using the following syntax:
<programlisting>
( ( x1 , y1 ) , ( x2 , y2 ) ) <synopsis>
( x1 , y1 ) , ( x2 , y2 ) ( ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ( <replaceable>x2</replaceable> , <replaceable>y2</replaceable> ) )
x1 , y1 , x2 , y2 ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ( <replaceable>x2</replaceable> , <replaceable>y2</replaceable> )
where <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> , <replaceable>x2</replaceable> , <replaceable>y2</replaceable>
(x1,y1) and (x2,y2) are the endpoints of the segment </synopsis>
</programlisting>
where the arguments are
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>(<replaceable>x1</replaceable>,<replaceable>y1</replaceable>)</term>
<term>(<replaceable>x2</replaceable>,<replaceable>y2</replaceable>)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The endpoints of the line segment.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -1516,14 +1559,28 @@ where
<para> <para>
<type>box</type> is specified using the following syntax: <type>box</type> is specified using the following syntax:
<programlisting> <synopsis>
( ( x1 , y1 ) , ( x2 , y2 ) ) ( ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ( <replaceable>x2</replaceable> , <replaceable>y2</replaceable> ) )
( x1 , y1 ) , ( x2 , y2 ) ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ( <replaceable>x2</replaceable> , <replaceable>y2</replaceable> )
x1 , y1 , x2 , y2 <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> , <replaceable>x2</replaceable> , <replaceable>y2</replaceable>
where </synopsis>
(x1,y1) and (x2,y2) are opposite corners
</programlisting>
where the arguments are
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>(<replaceable>x1</replaceable>,<replaceable>y1</replaceable>)</term>
<term>(<replaceable>x2</replaceable>,<replaceable>y2</replaceable>)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Opposite corners of the box.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Boxes are output using the first syntax. Boxes are output using the first syntax.
The corners are reordered on input to store The corners are reordered on input to store
the lower left corner first and the upper right corner last. the lower left corner first and the upper right corner last.
@ -1546,24 +1603,37 @@ where
<function>isopen(p)</function> <function>isopen(p)</function>
and and
<function>isclosed(p)</function> <function>isclosed(p)</function>
are supplied to select either type in a query. are supplied to test for either type in a query.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<type>path</type> is specified using the following syntax: <type>path</type> is specified using the following syntax:
<programlisting> <synopsis>
( ( x1 , y1 ) , ... , ( xn , yn ) ) ( ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ... , ( <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> ) )
[ ( x1 , y1 ) , ... , ( xn , yn ) ] [ ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ... , ( <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> ) ]
( x1 , y1 ) , ... , ( xn , yn ) ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ... , ( <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> )
( x1 , y1 , ... , xn , yn ) ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> , ... , <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> )
x1 , y1 , ... , xn , yn <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> , ... , <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable>
where </synopsis>
(x1,y1),...,(xn,yn) are points 1 through n
a leading "[" indicates an open path
a leading "(" indicates a closed path
</programlisting>
where the arguments are
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>(<replaceable>x</replaceable>,<replaceable>y</replaceable>)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Endpoints of the line segments comprising the path.
A leading square bracket ("[") indicates an open path, while
a leading parenthesis ("(") indicates a closed path.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Paths are output using the first syntax. Paths are output using the first syntax.
Note that <productname>Postgres</productname> versions prior to Note that <productname>Postgres</productname> versions prior to
v6.1 used a format for paths which had a single leading parenthesis, v6.1 used a format for paths which had a single leading parenthesis,
@ -1587,19 +1657,33 @@ where
<para> <para>
<type>polygon</type> is specified using the following syntax: <type>polygon</type> is specified using the following syntax:
<programlisting> <synopsis>
( ( x1 , y1 ) , ... , ( xn , yn ) ) ( ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ... , ( <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> ) )
( x1 , y1 ) , ... , ( xn , yn ) ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> ) , ... , ( <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> )
( x1 , y1 , ... , xn , yn ) ( <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> , ... , <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable> )
x1 , y1 , ... , xn , yn <replaceable>x1</replaceable> , <replaceable>y1</replaceable> , ... , <replaceable>xn</replaceable> , <replaceable>yn</replaceable>
where </synopsis>
(x1,y1),...,(xn,yn) are points 1 through n
</programlisting>
where the arguments are
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>(<replaceable>x</replaceable>,<replaceable>y</replaceable>)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Endpoints of the line segments comprising the boundary of the
polygon.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Polygons are output using the first syntax. Polygons are output using the first syntax.
Note that <productname>Postgres</productname> versions prior to Note that <productname>Postgres</productname> versions prior to
v6.1 used a format for polygons which had a single leading parenthesis, the list v6.1 used a format for polygons which had a single leading parenthesis, the list
of x-axis coordinates, the list of y-axis coordinates, of x-axis coordinates, the list of y-axis coordinates,
followed by a closing parenthesis. followed by a closing parenthesis.
The built-in function <function>upgradepoly</function> is supplied to convert The built-in function <function>upgradepoly</function> is supplied to convert
polygons dumped and reloaded from pre-v6.1 databases. polygons dumped and reloaded from pre-v6.1 databases.
@ -1616,16 +1700,37 @@ where
<para> <para>
<type>circle</type> is specified using the following syntax: <type>circle</type> is specified using the following syntax:
<programlisting> <synopsis>
< ( x , y ) , r > &lt; ( <replaceable>x</replaceable> , <replaceable>y</replaceable> ) , <replaceable>r</replaceable> &gt;
( ( x , y ) , r ) ( ( <replaceable>x</replaceable> , <replaceable>y</replaceable> ) , <replaceable>r</replaceable> )
( x , y ) , r ( <replaceable>x</replaceable> , <replaceable>y</replaceable> ) , <replaceable>r</replaceable>
x , y , r <replaceable>x</replaceable> , <replaceable>y</replaceable> , <replaceable>r</replaceable>
where </synopsis>
(x,y) is the center of the circle
r is the radius of the circle
</programlisting>
where the arguments are
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>(<replaceable>x</replaceable>,<replaceable>y</replaceable>)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Center of the circle.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>r</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Radius of the circle.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Circles are output using the first syntax. Circles are output using the first syntax.
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>

4
doc/src/sgml/datetime.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datetime.sgml,v 2.8 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/datetime.sgml,v 2.9 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
Date/time details Date/time details
--> -->
@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Date/time details
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<quote>Julian Day</quote> is different from <quote>Julian Date</quote>. "Julian Day" is different from "Julian Date".
The Julian calendar was introduced by Julius Caesar in 45 BC. It was The Julian calendar was introduced by Julius Caesar in 45 BC. It was
in common use until the 1582, when countries started changing to the in common use until the 1582, when countries started changing to the

232
doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml,v 1.9 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml,v 1.10 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="dfunc"> <chapter id="dfunc">
@ -7,105 +7,6 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/dfunc.sgml,v 1.9 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas
<para> <para>
<!--
.SH "Compiling Dynamically-Loaded C Functions"
.PP
Different operating systems require different procedures for compiling
C source files so that Postgres can load them dynamically. This section
discusses the required compiler and loader options on each system.
.PP
Under Linux ELF, object files can be generated by specifing the compiler
flag -fpic.
.PP
Under Ultrix, all object files that Postgres is expected to load
dynamically must be compiled using
.IR /bin/cc
with the \*(lq-G 0\*(rq option turned on. The object file name in the
.IR as
clause should end in \*(lq.o\*(rq.
.PP
Under HP-UX, DEC OSF/1, AIX and SunOS 4, all object files must be
turned into
.IR "shared libraries"
using the operating system's native object file loader,
.IR ld(1).
.PP
Under HP-UX, an object file must be compiled using the native HP-UX C
compiler,
.IR /bin/cc ,
with both the \*(lq+z\*(rq and \*(lq+u\*(rq flags turned on. The
first flag turns the object file into \*(lqposition-independent
code\*(rq (PIC); the second flag removes some alignment restrictions
that the PA-RISC architecture normally enforces. The object file must
then be turned into a shared library using the HP-UX loader,
.IR /bin/ld .
The command lines to compile a C source file, \*(lqfoo.c\*(rq, look
like:
.nf
cc <other flags> +z +u -c foo.c
ld <other flags> -b -o foo.sl foo.o
.fi
The object file name in the
.BR as
clause should end in \*(lq.sl\*(rq.
.PP
An extra step is required under versions of HP-UX prior to 9.00. If
the Postgres header file
.nf
include/c.h
.fi
is not included in the source file, then the following line must also
be added at the top of every source file:
.nf
#pragma HP_ALIGN HPUX_NATURAL_S500
.fi
However, this line must not appear in programs compiled under HP-UX
9.00 or later.
.PP
Under DEC OSF/1, an object file must be compiled and then turned
into a shared library using the OSF/1 loader,
.IR /bin/ld .
In this case, the command lines look like:
.nf
cc <other flags> -c foo.c
ld <other flags> -shared -expect_unresolved '*' -o foo.so foo.o
.fi
The object file name in the
.BR as
clause should end in \*(lq.so\*(rq.
.PP
Under SunOS 4, an object file must be compiled and then turned into a
shared library using the SunOS 4 loader,
.IR /bin/ld .
The command lines look like:
.nf
cc <other flags> -PIC -c foo.c
ld <other flags> -dc -dp -Bdynamic -o foo.so foo.o
.fi
The object file name in the
.BR as
clause should end in \*(lq.so\*(rq.
.PP
Under AIX, object files are compiled normally but building the shared
library requires a couple of steps. First, create the object file:
.nf
cc <other flags> -c foo.c
.fi
You must then create a symbol \*(lqexports\*(rq file for the object
file:
.nf
mkldexport foo.o `pwd` > foo.exp
.fi
Finally, you can create the shared library:
.nf
ld <other flags> -H512 -T512 -o foo.so -e _nostart \e
-bI:.../lib/postgres.exp -bE:foo.exp foo.o \e
-lm -lc 2>/dev/null
.fi
You should look at the Postgres User's Manual for an explanation of this
procedure.
-->
After you have created and registered a user-defined After you have created and registered a user-defined
function, your work is essentially done. function, your work is essentially done.
<productname>Postgres</productname>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
@ -120,8 +21,6 @@ procedure.
describes how to perform the compilation and describes how to perform the compilation and
link-editing required before you can load your user-defined link-editing required before you can load your user-defined
functions into a running <productname>Postgres</productname> server. functions into a running <productname>Postgres</productname> server.
Note that
this process has changed as of Version 4.2.
</para> </para>
<!-- <!--
@ -155,10 +54,11 @@ procedure.
You should expect to read (and reread, and re-reread) the You should expect to read (and reread, and re-reread) the
manual pages for the C compiler, cc(1), and the link manual pages for the C compiler, cc(1), and the link
editor, ld(1), if you have specific questions. In editor, ld(1), if you have specific questions. In
addition, the regression test suites in the directory addition, the contrib area (<filename>PGROOT/contrib</filename>)
<filename>PGROOT/src/regress</filename> contain several and the regression test suites in the directory
working examples of this process. If you copy what these <filename>PGROOT/src/test/regress</filename> contain several
tests do, you should not have any problems. working examples of this process. If you copy an example then
you should not have any problems.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -248,6 +148,29 @@ procedure.
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
</para> </para>
<sect1>
<title>Linux</title>
<para>
Under Linux ELF, object files can be generated by specifying the compiler
flag -fpic.
</para>
<para>
For example,
<programlisting>
# simple Linux example
% cc -fpic -c <replaceable>foo.c</replaceable>
</programlisting>
produces an object file called <replaceable>foo.o</replaceable>
that can then be
dynamically loaded into <productname>Postgres</productname>.
No additional loading or link-editing must be performed.
</para>
</sect1>
<!--
<sect1> <sect1>
<title><acronym>ULTRIX</acronym></title> <title><acronym>ULTRIX</acronym></title>
@ -271,6 +194,7 @@ procedure.
No additional loading or link-editing must be performed. No additional loading or link-editing must be performed.
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
-->
<sect1> <sect1>
<title><acronym>DEC OSF/1</acronym></title> <title><acronym>DEC OSF/1</acronym></title>
@ -327,14 +251,15 @@ procedure.
file with special compiler flags and a shared library file with special compiler flags and a shared library
must be produced. must be produced.
The necessary steps with HP-UX are as follows. The +z The necessary steps with HP-UX are as follows. The +z
flag to the HP-UX C compiler produces so-called flag to the HP-UX C compiler produces
"Position Independent Code" (PIC) and the +u flag <firstterm>Position Independent Code</firstterm> (PIC)
removes and the +u flag removes
some alignment restrictions that the PA-RISC architecture some alignment restrictions that the PA-RISC architecture
normally enforces. The object file must be turned normally enforces. The object file must be turned
into a shared library using the HP-UX link editor with into a shared library using the HP-UX link editor with
the -b option. This sounds complicated but is actually the -b option. This sounds complicated but is actually
very simple, since the commands to do it are just: very simple, since the commands to do it are just:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
# simple HP-UX example # simple HP-UX example
% cc +z +u -c foo.c % cc +z +u -c foo.c
@ -375,6 +300,95 @@ procedure.
command line. command line.
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
<!--
Future integration: Create separate sections for these operating
systems and integrate the info from this old man page.
- thomas 2000-04-21
Under HP-UX, DEC OSF/1, AIX and SunOS 4, all object files must be
turned into
.IR "shared libraries"
using the operating system's native object file loader,
.IR ld(1).
.PP
Under HP-UX, an object file must be compiled using the native HP-UX C
compiler,
.IR /bin/cc ,
with both the \*(lq+z\*(rq and \*(lq+u\*(rq flags turned on. The
first flag turns the object file into \*(lqposition-independent
code\*(rq (PIC); the second flag removes some alignment restrictions
that the PA-RISC architecture normally enforces. The object file must
then be turned into a shared library using the HP-UX loader,
.IR /bin/ld .
The command lines to compile a C source file, \*(lqfoo.c\*(rq, look
like:
.nf
cc <other flags> +z +u -c foo.c
ld <other flags> -b -o foo.sl foo.o
.fi
The object file name in the
.BR as
clause should end in \*(lq.sl\*(rq.
.PP
An extra step is required under versions of HP-UX prior to 9.00. If
the Postgres header file
.nf
include/c.h
.fi
is not included in the source file, then the following line must also
be added at the top of every source file:
.nf
#pragma HP_ALIGN HPUX_NATURAL_S500
.fi
However, this line must not appear in programs compiled under HP-UX
9.00 or later.
.PP
Under DEC OSF/1, an object file must be compiled and then turned
into a shared library using the OSF/1 loader,
.IR /bin/ld .
In this case, the command lines look like:
.nf
cc <other flags> -c foo.c
ld <other flags> -shared -expect_unresolved '*' -o foo.so foo.o
.fi
The object file name in the
.BR as
clause should end in \*(lq.so\*(rq.
.PP
Under SunOS 4, an object file must be compiled and then turned into a
shared library using the SunOS 4 loader,
.IR /bin/ld .
The command lines look like:
.nf
cc <other flags> -PIC -c foo.c
ld <other flags> -dc -dp -Bdynamic -o foo.so foo.o
.fi
The object file name in the
.BR as
clause should end in \*(lq.so\*(rq.
.PP
Under AIX, object files are compiled normally but building the shared
library requires a couple of steps. First, create the object file:
.nf
cc <other flags> -c foo.c
.fi
You must then create a symbol \*(lqexports\*(rq file for the object
file:
.nf
mkldexport foo.o `pwd` > foo.exp
.fi
Finally, you can create the shared library:
.nf
ld <other flags> -H512 -T512 -o foo.so -e _nostart \e
-bI:.../lib/postgres.exp -bE:foo.exp foo.o \e
-lm -lc 2>/dev/null
.fi
You should look at the Postgres User's Manual for an explanation of this
procedure.
-->
</chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file <!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file

282
doc/src/sgml/docguide.sgml
View File

@ -1,29 +1,7 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/docguide.sgml,v 1.25 2000/02/02 16:22:45 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/docguide.sgml,v 1.26 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
Documentation Guide Documentation Guide
Thomas Lockhart Thomas Lockhart
Revision 1.15 1999/05/27 15:49:07 thomas
Markup fixes.
Update for v6.5 release.
Revision 1.12 1998/12/18 16:17:29 thomas
Include more details on editing with Emacs.
Remove mention of the old "migration" flat files.
Change URLs for resources to point to areas, not particular files.
That way things stay correct even when version of tools change.
Suggested by Vince Vielhaber.
Revision 1.11 1998/10/30 19:36:57 thomas
Minor editing and markup changes as a result of preparing the Postscript
documentation for v6.4.
Bigger updates to the installation instructions (install and config).
Revision 1.8 1998/08/17 16:17:07 thomas
Bring document list closer to up to day.
Add a note on sgml-tools that they are now working with jade and so
may become the toolset of choice in the future.
--> -->
<appendix label="DG2" id="docguide"> <appendix label="DG2" id="docguide">
@ -45,7 +23,7 @@ Add a note on sgml-tools that they are now working with jade and so
<para> <para>
The purpose of documentation is to make <productname>Postgres</productname> The purpose of documentation is to make <productname>Postgres</productname>
easier to learn, use, and develop. easier to learn, use, and extend..
The documentation set should describe the <productname>Postgres</productname> The documentation set should describe the <productname>Postgres</productname>
system, language, and interfaces. system, language, and interfaces.
It should be able to answer It should be able to answer
@ -61,18 +39,26 @@ Add a note on sgml-tools that they are now working with jade and so
formats: formats:
<itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
<listitem><para> <listitem>
<para>
Plain text for pre-installation information. Plain text for pre-installation information.
</para></listitem> </para>
<listitem><para> </listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<acronym>HTML</acronym>, for on-line browsing and reference. <acronym>HTML</acronym>, for on-line browsing and reference.
</para></listitem> </para>
<listitem><para> </listitem>
Hardcopy, for in-depth reading and reference. <listitem>
</para></listitem> <para>
<listitem><para> Hardcopy (Postscript or PDF), for in-depth reading and reference.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<acronym>man pages</acronym>, for quick reference. <acronym>man pages</acronym>, for quick reference.
</para></listitem> </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
</para> </para>
@ -983,7 +969,7 @@ $ make man
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1> <sect1>
<title>Hardcopy Generation for v6.5</title> <title>Hardcopy Generation for v7.0</title>
<para> <para>
The hardcopy Postscript documentation is generated by converting the The hardcopy Postscript documentation is generated by converting the
@ -1084,14 +1070,14 @@ $ make man
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Export the result as <quote>ASCII Layout</quote>. Export the result as "ASCII Layout".
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Using emacs or vi, clean up the tabular information in Using emacs or vi, clean up the tabular information in
<filename>INSTALL</filename>. Remove the <quote>mailto</quote> <filename>INSTALL</filename>. Remove the "mailto"
<acronym>URLs</acronym> for the porting contributors to shrink <acronym>URLs</acronym> for the porting contributors to shrink
the column heights. the column heights.
</para> </para>
@ -1104,19 +1090,21 @@ $ make man
<para> <para>
Several areas are addressed while generating Postscript Several areas are addressed while generating Postscript
hardcopy. hardcopy, including RTF repair, ToC generation, and page break
adjustments.
</para> </para>
<procedure> <procedure>
<title>Applixware <acronym>RTF</acronym> Cleanup</title> <title>Applixware <acronym>RTF</acronym> Cleanup</title>
<para> <para>
Applixware does not seem to do a complete job of importing <acronym>RTF</acronym> <application>jade</application>, an integral part of the
generated by jade/MSS. In particular, all text is given the hardcopy procedure, omits specifying a default style for body
<quote>Header1</quote> style attribute label, although the text text. In the past, this undiagnosed problem led to a long process
formatting itself is acceptable. Also, the Table of Contents page of Table of Contents (ToC) generation. However, with great help
numbers do not refer to the section listed in the table, but rather from the ApplixWare folks the symptom was diagnosed and a
refer to the page of the ToC itself.</para> workaround is available.
</para>
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
@ -1128,6 +1116,35 @@ $ make man
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
Repair the RTF file to correctly specify all
styles, in particular the default style. The field can be added
using <application>vi</application> or the following small
<application>sed</application> procedure:
<programlisting>
#!/bin/sh
# fixrtf.sh
# Utility to repair slight damage in RTF files generated by jade
# Thomas Lockhart &lt;lockhart@alumni.caltech.edu&gt;
#
for i in $* ; do
mv $i $i.orig
cat $i.orig | sed 's#\\stylesheet#\\stylesheet{\\s0 Normal;}#' > $i
done
exit
</programlisting>
where the script is adding <literal>{\s0 Normal;}</literal> as
the zero-th style in the document. According to ApplixWare, the
RTF standard would prohibit adding an implicit zero-th style,
though M$Word happens to handle this case.
</para>
</step>
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Open a new document in <productname>Applix Words</productname> and Open a new document in <productname>Applix Words</productname> and
@ -1137,55 +1154,152 @@ $ make man
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Print out the existing Table of Contents, to mark up in the following Generate a new ToC using ApplixWare.
few steps. </para>
<substeps>
<step>
<para>
Select the existing ToC lines, from the beginning of the first
character on the first line to the last character of the last
line.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Build a new ToC using
<literal>Tools.BookBuilding.CreateToC</literal>. Select the
first three levels of headers for inclusion in the ToC.
This will
replace the existing lines imported in the RTF with a native
ApplixWare ToC.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Adjust the ToC formatting by using
<literal>Format.Style</literal>, selecting each of the three
ToC styles, and adjusting the indents for <literal>First</literal> and
<literal>Left</literal>. Use the following values:
<table>
<title>Indent Formatting for Table of Contents</title>
<tgroup cols="3">
<thead>
<row>
<entry>
Style
</entry>
<entry>
First Indent (inches)
</entry>
<entry>
Left Indent (inches)
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
<literal>TOC-Heading 1</literal>
</entry>
<entry>
<literal>0.6</literal>
</entry>
<entry>
<literal>0.6</literal>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<literal>TOC-Heading 2</literal>
</entry>
<entry>
<literal>1.0</literal>
</entry>
<entry>
<literal>1.0</literal>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<literal>TOC-Heading 3</literal>
</entry>
<entry>
<literal>1.4</literal>
</entry>
<entry>
<literal>1.4</literal>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
</step>
</substeps>
</step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
Work through the document to:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Adjust page breaks.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Adjust table column widths.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Insert figures into the document. Center each figure on the page using
the centering margins button on the ApplixWare toolbar.
<note>
<para>
Not all documents have figures.
You can grep the <acronym>SGML</acronym> source files for
the string "<literal>graphic</literal>" to identify those parts of the
documentation which may have figures. A few figures are replicated in
various parts of the documentation.
</para>
</note>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Insert figures into the document. Center each figure on the page using Replace the right-justified page numbers in the Examples and
the centering margins button.</para> Figures portions of the ToC with
<para>
Not all documents have figures.
You can grep the <acronym>SGML</acronym> source files for
the string <quote>graphic</quote> to identify those parts of the
documentation which may have figures. A few figures are replicated in
various parts of the documentation.
</para>
</step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
Work through the document, adjusting page breaks and table column
widths.
</para>
</step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
If a bibliography is present, Applix Words seems to mark all remaining
text after the first title as having an underlined attribute. Select
all remaining text, turn off underlining using the underlining button,
then explicitly underline each document and book title.
</para>
</step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
Work through the document, marking up the ToC hardcopy with the actual
page number of each ToC entry.
</para>
</step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
Replace the right-justified incorrect page numbers in the ToC with
correct values. This only takes a few minutes per document. correct values. This only takes a few minutes per document.
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
<step performance="required">
<para>
If a bibliography is present, remove the <firstterm>short
form</firstterm> reference title from each entry. The
<productname>DocBook</productname> stylesheets from Norm Walsh
seem to print these out, even though this is a subset of the
information immediately following.
</para>
</step>
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Save the document as native Applix Words format to allow easier last Save the document as native Applix Words format to allow easier last
@ -1195,7 +1309,7 @@ $ make man
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
<quote>Print</quote> the document "Print" the document
to a file in Postscript format. to a file in Postscript format.
</para> </para>
</step> </step>

16
doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml,v 1.13 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml,v 1.14 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter> <chapter>
@ -32,16 +32,17 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml,v 1.13 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas
This describes an embedded <acronym>SQL</acronym> in <acronym>C</acronym> This describes an embedded <acronym>SQL</acronym> in <acronym>C</acronym>
package for <productname>Postgres</productname>. package for <productname>Postgres</productname>.
It is written by <ulink url="">Linus Tolke</ulink> It is written by <ulink url="linus@epact.se">Linus Tolke</ulink>
and <ulink url="">Michael Meskes</ulink>. and <ulink url="meskes@debian.org">Michael Meskes</ulink>.
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
Permission is granted to copy and use in the same way as you are allowed Permission is granted to copy and use in the same way as you are allowed
to copy and use the rest of the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>. to copy and use the rest of <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>.
</para> </para>
</note> </note>
</para> </para>
<sect1> <sect1>
<title>Why Embedded <acronym>SQL</acronym>?</title> <title>Why Embedded <acronym>SQL</acronym>?</title>
@ -472,8 +473,9 @@ struct sqlca
<para> <para>
The following list shows all the known incompatibilities. If you find one The following list shows all the known incompatibilities. If you find one
not listed please notify <ulink url="">Michael not listed please notify
Meskes</ulink>. Note, however, that we list only incompatibilities from <ulink url="meskes@debian.org">Michael Meskes</ulink>.
Note, however, that we list only incompatibilities from
a precompiler of another RDBMS to <application>ecpg</application> and not a precompiler of another RDBMS to <application>ecpg</application> and not
additional <application>ecpg</application> features that these RDBMS do not additional <application>ecpg</application> features that these RDBMS do not
have. have.
@ -977,7 +979,7 @@ ECPGdo(__LINE__, NULL, "select res from mytable where index = ? ",
This request is modified This request is modified
by the input variables, i.e. the variables that where not known at by the input variables, i.e. the variables that where not known at
compile time but are to be entered in the request. Where the variables compile time but are to be entered in the request. Where the variables
should go the string contains <quote>;</quote>. should go the string contains ";".
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>

4
doc/src/sgml/environ.sgml
View File

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ $ export PATH
to the <FileName>.profile</FileName> file in your home directory. to the <FileName>.profile</FileName> file in your home directory.
From now on, we will assume that you have added the From now on, we will assume that you have added the
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> bin directory to your path. In addition, we <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> bin directory to your path. In addition, we
will make frequent reference to <Quote>setting a shell will make frequent reference to "setting a shell
variable</Quote> or <Quote>setting an environment variable</Quote> throughout variable" or "setting an environment variable" throughout
this document. If you did not fully understand the this document. If you did not fully understand the
last paragraph on modifying your search path, you last paragraph on modifying your search path, you
should consult the Unix manual pages that describe your should consult the Unix manual pages that describe your

123
doc/src/sgml/func.sgml
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
<title id="sql-funcs">SQL Functions</title> <title id="sql-funcs">SQL Functions</title>
<para> <para>
<quote><acronym>SQL</acronym> functions</quote> are constructs <firstterm><acronym>SQL</acronym> functions</firstterm> are constructs
defined by the <acronym>SQL92</acronym> standard which have defined by the <acronym>SQL92</acronym> standard which have
function-like syntax but which can not be implemented as simple function-like syntax but which can not be implemented as simple
functions. functions.
@ -476,24 +476,6 @@
<entry>preserve months and years</entry> <entry>preserve months and years</entry>
<entry>age('now', timestamp '1957-06-13')</entry> <entry>age('now', timestamp '1957-06-13')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row>
<entry>timestamp(abstime)</entry>
<entry>timestamp</entry>
<entry>convert to timestamp</entry>
<entry>timestamp(abstime 'now')</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>timestamp(date)</entry>
<entry>timestamp</entry>
<entry>convert to timestamp</entry>
<entry>timestamp(date 'today')</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>timestamp(date,time)</entry>
<entry>timestamp</entry>
<entry>convert to timestamp</entry>
<entry>timestamp(timestamp '1998-02-24',time '23:07');</entry>
</row>
<row> <row>
<entry>date_part(text,timestamp)</entry> <entry>date_part(text,timestamp)</entry>
<entry>float8</entry> <entry>float8</entry>
@ -513,10 +495,10 @@
<entry>date_trunc('month',abstime 'now')</entry> <entry>date_trunc('month',abstime 'now')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>isfinite(abstime)</entry> <entry>interval(reltime)</entry>
<entry>bool</entry> <entry>interval</entry>
<entry>a finite time?</entry> <entry>convert to interval</entry>
<entry>isfinite(abstime 'now')</entry> <entry>interval(reltime '4 hours')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>isfinite(timestamp)</entry> <entry>isfinite(timestamp)</entry>
@ -537,10 +519,22 @@
<entry>reltime(interval '4 hrs')</entry> <entry>reltime(interval '4 hrs')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>interval(reltime)</entry> <entry>timestamp(date)</entry>
<entry>interval</entry> <entry>timestamp</entry>
<entry>convert to interval</entry> <entry>convert to timestamp</entry>
<entry>interval(reltime '4 hours')</entry> <entry>timestamp(date 'today')</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>timestamp(date,time)</entry>
<entry>timestamp</entry>
<entry>convert to timestamp</entry>
<entry>timestamp(timestamp '1998-02-24',time '23:07');</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>to_char(timestamp,text)</entry>
<entry>text</entry>
<entry>convert to string</entry>
<entry>to_char(timestamp '1998-02-24','DD');</entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
</tgroup> </tgroup>
@ -673,6 +667,10 @@
<entry>HH12</entry> <entry>HH12</entry>
<entry>hour of day (01-12)</entry> <entry>hour of day (01-12)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row>
<entry>HH24</entry>
<entry>hour of day (00-23)</entry>
</row>
<row> <row>
<entry>MI</entry> <entry>MI</entry>
<entry>minute (00-59)</entry> <entry>minute (00-59)</entry>
@ -810,7 +808,7 @@
<entry>month in Roman Numerals (I-XII; I=JAN) - upper case</entry> <entry>month in Roman Numerals (I-XII; I=JAN) - upper case</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>rn</entry> <entry>rm</entry>
<entry>month in Roman Numerals (I-XII; I=JAN) - lower case</entry> <entry>month in Roman Numerals (I-XII; I=JAN) - lower case</entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
@ -874,29 +872,34 @@
<para> <para>
<function>to_timestamp</function> and <function>to_date</function> <function>to_timestamp</function> and <function>to_date</function>
skip blank space if the <literal>FX</literal> option is skip blank space if the <literal>FX</literal> option is
not use. <literal>FX</literal> Must be specified as the first item not used. <literal>FX</literal> must be specified as the first item
in the template. in the template.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
'\' - must be use as double \\, example '\\HH\\MI\\SS' Backslash ("<literal>\</literal>") must be specified with a double backslash
("<literal>\\</literal>"); for example <literal>'\\HH\\MI\\SS'</literal>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
'"' - string between a quotation marks is skipen and not is parsed. A double quote ('"') between quotation marks is skipped and is not parsed.
If you want write '"' to output you must use \\", example '\\"YYYY Month\\"'. If you want to write a double quote to output you must preceed
it with a double backslash (<literal>'\\"</literal>), for
example <literal>'\\"YYYY Month\\"'</literal>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
text - the PostgreSQL's to_char() support text without '"', but string <function>to_char</function> supports text without a leading
between a quotation marks is fastly and you have guarantee, that a text double quote ('"'), but any string
not will interpreted as a keyword (format-picture), exapmle '"Hello Year: "YYYY'. between a quotation marks is rapidly handled and you are
guaranteed that it will not be interpreted as a template
keyword (example: <literal>'"Hello Year: "YYYY'</literal>).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
@ -1213,19 +1216,19 @@
<row> <row>
<entry>area(object)</entry> <entry>area(object)</entry>
<entry>float8</entry> <entry>float8</entry>
<entry>area of circle, ...</entry> <entry>area of item</entry>
<entry>area(box '((0,0),(1,1))')</entry> <entry>area(box '((0,0),(1,1))')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>box(box,box)</entry> <entry>box(box,box)</entry>
<entry>box</entry> <entry>box</entry>
<entry>boxes to intersection box</entry> <entry>intersection box</entry>
<entry>box(box '((0,0),(1,1))',box '((0.5,0.5),(2,2))')</entry> <entry>box(box '((0,0),(1,1))',box '((0.5,0.5),(2,2))')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>center(object)</entry> <entry>center(object)</entry>
<entry>point</entry> <entry>point</entry>
<entry>center of circle, ...</entry> <entry>center of item</entry>
<entry>center(box '((0,0),(1,2))')</entry> <entry>center(box '((0,0),(1,2))')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
@ -1255,15 +1258,9 @@
<row> <row>
<entry>length(object)</entry> <entry>length(object)</entry>
<entry>float8</entry> <entry>float8</entry>
<entry>length of line segment, ...</entry> <entry>length of item</entry>
<entry>length(path '((-1,0),(1,0))')</entry> <entry>length(path '((-1,0),(1,0))')</entry>
</row> </row>
<row>
<entry>length(path)</entry>
<entry>float8</entry>
<entry>length of path</entry>
<entry>length(path '((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))')</entry>
</row>
<row> <row>
<entry>pclose(path)</entry> <entry>pclose(path)</entry>
<entry>path</entry> <entry>path</entry>
@ -1324,91 +1321,91 @@ Not defined by this name. Implements the intersection operator '#'
<row> <row>
<entry>box(circle)</entry> <entry>box(circle)</entry>
<entry>box</entry> <entry>box</entry>
<entry>convert circle to box</entry> <entry>circle to box</entry>
<entry>box('((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry> <entry>box('((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>box(point,point)</entry> <entry>box(point,point)</entry>
<entry>box</entry> <entry>box</entry>
<entry>convert points to box</entry> <entry>points to box</entry>
<entry>box('(0,0)'::point,'(1,1)'::point)</entry> <entry>box('(0,0)'::point,'(1,1)'::point)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>box(polygon)</entry> <entry>box(polygon)</entry>
<entry>box</entry> <entry>box</entry>
<entry>convert polygon to box</entry> <entry>polygon to box</entry>
<entry>box('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry> <entry>box('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>circle(box)</entry> <entry>circle(box)</entry>
<entry>circle</entry> <entry>circle</entry>
<entry>convert to circle</entry> <entry>to circle</entry>
<entry>circle('((0,0),(1,1))'::box)</entry> <entry>circle('((0,0),(1,1))'::box)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>circle(point,float8)</entry> <entry>circle(point,float8)</entry>
<entry>circle</entry> <entry>circle</entry>
<entry>convert to circle</entry> <entry>point to circle</entry>
<entry>circle('(0,0)'::point,2.0)</entry> <entry>circle('(0,0)'::point,2.0)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>lseg(box)</entry> <entry>lseg(box)</entry>
<entry>lseg</entry> <entry>lseg</entry>
<entry>convert diagonal to lseg</entry> <entry>box diagonal to lseg</entry>
<entry>lseg('((-1,0),(1,0))'::box)</entry> <entry>lseg('((-1,0),(1,0))'::box)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>lseg(point,point)</entry> <entry>lseg(point,point)</entry>
<entry>lseg</entry> <entry>lseg</entry>
<entry>convert to lseg</entry> <entry>points to lseg</entry>
<entry>lseg('(-1,0)'::point,'(1,0)'::point)</entry> <entry>lseg('(-1,0)'::point,'(1,0)'::point)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>path(polygon)</entry> <entry>path(polygon)</entry>
<entry>point</entry> <entry>point</entry>
<entry>convert to path</entry> <entry>polygon to path</entry>
<entry>path('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry> <entry>path('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>point(circle)</entry> <entry>point(circle)</entry>
<entry>point</entry> <entry>point</entry>
<entry>convert to point (center)</entry> <entry>center</entry>
<entry>point('((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry> <entry>point('((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>point(lseg,lseg)</entry> <entry>point(lseg,lseg)</entry>
<entry>point</entry> <entry>point</entry>
<entry>convert to point (intersection)</entry> <entry>intersection</entry>
<entry>point('((-1,0),(1,0))'::lseg, '((-2,-2),(2,2))'::lseg)</entry> <entry>point('((-1,0),(1,0))'::lseg, '((-2,-2),(2,2))'::lseg)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>point(polygon)</entry> <entry>point(polygon)</entry>
<entry>point</entry> <entry>point</entry>
<entry>center of polygon</entry> <entry>center</entry>
<entry>point('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry> <entry>point('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>polygon(box)</entry> <entry>polygon(box)</entry>
<entry>polygon</entry> <entry>polygon</entry>
<entry>convert to polygon with 12 points</entry> <entry>12 point polygon</entry>
<entry>polygon('((0,0),(1,1))'::box)</entry> <entry>polygon('((0,0),(1,1))'::box)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>polygon(circle)</entry> <entry>polygon(circle)</entry>
<entry>polygon</entry> <entry>polygon</entry>
<entry>convert to 12-point polygon</entry> <entry>12-point polygon</entry>
<entry>polygon('((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry> <entry>polygon('((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>polygon(<replaceable class="parameter">npts</replaceable>,circle)</entry> <entry>polygon(<replaceable class="parameter">npts</replaceable>,circle)</entry>
<entry>polygon</entry> <entry>polygon</entry>
<entry>convert to <replaceable class="parameter">npts</replaceable> polygon</entry> <entry><replaceable class="parameter">npts</replaceable> polygon</entry>
<entry>polygon(12,'((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry> <entry>polygon(12,'((0,0),2.0)'::circle)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>polygon(path)</entry> <entry>polygon(path)</entry>
<entry>polygon</entry> <entry>polygon</entry>
<entry>convert to polygon</entry> <entry>path to polygon</entry>
<entry>polygon('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::path)</entry> <entry>polygon('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::path)</entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
@ -1438,19 +1435,19 @@ Not defined by this name. Implements the intersection operator '#'
<row> <row>
<entry>revertpoly(polygon)</entry> <entry>revertpoly(polygon)</entry>
<entry>polygon</entry> <entry>polygon</entry>
<entry>convert pre-v6.1 polygon</entry> <entry>to pre-v6.1</entry>
<entry>revertpoly('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry> <entry>revertpoly('((0,0),(1,1),(2,0))'::polygon)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>upgradepath(path)</entry> <entry>upgradepath(path)</entry>
<entry>path</entry> <entry>path</entry>
<entry>convert pre-v6.1 path</entry> <entry>to pre-v6.1</entry>
<entry>upgradepath('(1,3,0,0,1,1,2,0)'::path)</entry> <entry>upgradepath('(1,3,0,0,1,1,2,0)'::path)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>upgradepoly(polygon)</entry> <entry>upgradepoly(polygon)</entry>
<entry>polygon</entry> <entry>polygon</entry>
<entry>convert pre-v6.1 polygon</entry> <entry>to pre-v6.1</entry>
<entry>upgradepoly('(0,1,2,0,1,0)'::polygon)</entry> <entry>upgradepoly('(0,1,2,0,1,0)'::polygon)</entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>

4
doc/src/sgml/history.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/history.sgml,v 1.7 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/history.sgml,v 1.8 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<sect1> <sect1>
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/history.sgml,v 1.7 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thom
<title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname></title> <title><productname>PostgreSQL</productname></title>
<para> <para>
By 1996, it became clear that the name <quote>Postgres95</quote> would By 1996, it became clear that the name "Postgres95" would
not stand the test of time. We chose a new name, not stand the test of time. We chose a new name,
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, to reflect the relationship <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, to reflect the relationship
between the original <productname>Postgres</productname> and the more between the original <productname>Postgres</productname> and the more

3
doc/src/sgml/indices.sgml
View File

@ -354,7 +354,8 @@ CREATE MEMSTORE ON &lt;table&gt; COLUMNS &lt;cols&gt;
is an index built over a subset of a table; the subset is defined by is an index built over a subset of a table; the subset is defined by
a predicate. <productname>Postgres</productname> a predicate. <productname>Postgres</productname>
supported partial indices with arbitrary supported partial indices with arbitrary
predicates. I believe IBM's db2 for as/400 supports partial indices predicates. I believe IBM's <productname>DB2</productname>
for AS/400 supports partial indices
using single-clause predicates. using single-clause predicates.
</para> </para>

6
doc/src/sgml/inherit.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/inherit.sgml,v 1.6 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/inherit.sgml,v 1.7 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="inherit"> <chapter id="inherit">
@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ SELECT c.name, c.altitude
Madison | 845 Madison | 845
</programlisting> </programlisting>
Here the <quote>*</quote> after cities indicates that the query should Here the "*" after cities indicates that the query should
be run over cities and all classes below cities in the be run over cities and all classes below cities in the
inheritance hierarchy. Many of the commands that we inheritance hierarchy. Many of the commands that we
have already discussed -- <command>SELECT</command>, have already discussed -- <command>SELECT</command>,
<command>UPDATE</command> and <command>DELETE</command> -- <command>UPDATE</command> and <command>DELETE</command> --
support this <quote>*</quote> notation, as do others, like support this "*" notation, as do others, like
<command>ALTER TABLE</command>. <command>ALTER TABLE</command>.
</para> </para>
</chapter> </chapter>

15
doc/src/sgml/install.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/install.sgml,v 1.40 2000/04/14 23:04:44 tgl Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/install.sgml,v 1.41 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="install"> <chapter id="install">
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/install.sgml,v 1.40 2000/04/14 23:04:
work with other <application>make</application> programs. On GNU/Linux systems work with other <application>make</application> programs. On GNU/Linux systems
GNU make is the default tool, on other systems you may find that GNU make is the default tool, on other systems you may find that
GNU <application>make</application> is installed under the name GNU <application>make</application> is installed under the name
<quote>gmake</quote>. <literal>gmake</literal>.
We will use that name from now on to indicate <acronym>GNU</acronym> We will use that name from now on to indicate <acronym>GNU</acronym>
<application>make</application>, no matter what name it has on your system. <application>make</application>, no matter what name it has on your system.
To test for <acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>make</application> enter To test for <acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>make</application> enter
@ -612,23 +612,28 @@ libpq.so.2.1: cannot open shared object file: No such file or directory
Run the regression tests against the installed server (using the sequential Run the regression tests against the installed server (using the sequential
test method). If you didn't run the tests before installation, you should test method). If you didn't run the tests before installation, you should
definitely do it now. definitely do it now.
For detailed instructions see <xref endterm="regress-title" For detailed instructions see
linkend="regress">. <xref endterm="regress-title" linkend="regress">.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
<para> <para>
To start <quote>playing around</quote>, set up the paths as explained above To start experimenting with <productname>Postgres</productname>,
set up the paths as explained above
and start the server. To create a database, type and start the server. To create a database, type
<programlisting> <programlisting>
&gt; createdb testdb &gt; createdb testdb
</programlisting> </programlisting>
Then enter Then enter
<programlisting> <programlisting>
&gt; psql testdb &gt; psql testdb
</programlisting> </programlisting>
to connect to that database. At the prompt you can enter SQL commands to connect to that database. At the prompt you can enter SQL commands
and start experimenting. and start experimenting.
</para> </para>

104
doc/src/sgml/installation.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/installation.sgml,v 1.9 2000/03/31 03:27:40 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/installation.sgml,v 1.10 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
Postgres quick Installation Guide. Postgres quick Installation Guide.
- thomas 1998-10-26 - thomas 1998-10-26
@ -28,27 +28,27 @@ Postgres quick Installation Guide.
<!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml"> <!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml">
]> ]>
<book> <book id="installation">
<!-- Title information --> <!-- Title information -->
<title>PostgreSQL Installation Guide</title> <title>PostgreSQL Installation Guide</title>
<bookinfo> <bookinfo>
<releaseinfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</releaseinfo> <releaseinfo>Covering v7.0 for general release</releaseinfo>
<bookbiblio> <bookbiblio>
<authorgroup> <authorgroup>
<corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor> <corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor>
</authorgroup> </authorgroup>
<!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported <!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported
<AuthorGroup> <AuthorGroup>
--> -->
<editor> <editor>
<firstname>Thomas</firstname> <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
<surname>Lockhart</surname> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
<affiliation> <affiliation>
<orgname>Caltech/JPL</orgname> <orgname>Caltech/JPL</orgname>
</affiliation> </affiliation>
</editor> </editor>
<!-- <!--
</AuthorGroup> </AuthorGroup>
--> -->
@ -57,17 +57,17 @@ Postgres quick Installation Guide.
<AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials> <AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials>
--> -->
<date>(last updated 1999-06-01)</date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</bookbiblio> </bookbiblio>
<legalnotice> <legalnotice>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</para> </para>
</legalnotice> </legalnotice>
</bookinfo> </bookinfo>
<!-- <!--
<TOC> </TOC> <TOC> </TOC>
@ -82,38 +82,38 @@ Your name here...
</Dedication> </Dedication>
--> -->
<preface> <preface>
<title>Summary</title> <title>Summary</title>
<para> <para>
<productname>Postgres</productname>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department, developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department,
pioneered many of the object-relational concepts pioneered many of the object-relational concepts
now becoming available in some commercial databases. now becoming available in some commercial databases.
It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support, It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support,
transaction integrity, and type extensibility. transaction integrity, and type extensibility.
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is an open-source descendant <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is an open-source descendant
of this original Berkeley code. of this original Berkeley code.
</para> </para>
</preface> </preface>
<chapter> <chapter>
<title>Introduction</title> <title>Introduction</title>
<para> <para>
This installation procedure makes some assumptions about the desired configuration This installation procedure makes some assumptions about the desired configuration
and runtime environment for your system. This may be adequate for many installations, and runtime environment for your system. This may be adequate for many installations,
and is almost certainly adequate for a first installation. But you may want to and is almost certainly adequate for a first installation. But you may want to
do an initial installation up to the point of unpacking the source tree do an initial installation up to the point of unpacking the source tree
and installing documentation, and then print or browse the and installing documentation, and then print or browse the
<citetitle>Administrator's Guide</citetitle>.</para> <citetitle>Administrator's Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</chapter> </chapter>
&ports; &ports;
&install; &install;
&config; &config;
&release; &release;
<!-- <!--
<INDEX> </INDEX> <INDEX> </INDEX>

4
doc/src/sgml/libpq++.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/libpq++.sgml,v 1.15 2000/04/19 21:21:38 momjian Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/libpq++.sgml,v 1.16 2000/05/02 20:01:51 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="libpqplusplus"> <chapter id="libpqplusplus">
@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/libpq++.sgml,v 1.15 2000/04/19 21:21:
<function>PgDatabase::PutLine</function> <function>PgDatabase::PutLine</function>
or when the last string has been received from the backend using or when the last string has been received from the backend using
<function>PgDatabase::GetLine</function>. <function>PgDatabase::GetLine</function>.
It must be issued or the backend may get <quote>out of sync</quote> with It must be issued or the backend may get "out of sync" with
the frontend. Upon return from this function, the backend is ready to the frontend. Upon return from this function, the backend is ready to
receive the next query. receive the next query.
</para> </para>

46
doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.37 2000/04/25 16:39:07 momjian Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.38 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="libpq-chapter"> <chapter id="libpq-chapter">
@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.37 2000/04/25 16:39:07 momji
<para> <para>
<filename>libpq</filename> is the <acronym>C</acronym> <filename>libpq</filename> is the <acronym>C</acronym>
application programmer's interface to application programmer's interface to
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>. <filename>libpq</filename> is a set <productname>Postgres</productname>. <filename>libpq</filename> is a set
of library routines that allow client programs to pass queries to the of library routines that allow client programs to pass queries to the
<productname>Postgres</productname> backend server and to receive the <productname>Postgres</productname> backend server and to receive the
results of these queries. <filename>libpq</filename> is also the results of these queries. <filename>libpq</filename> is also the
underlying engine for several other <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> underlying engine for several other <productname>Postgres</productname>
application interfaces, including <filename>libpq++</filename> (C++), application interfaces, including <filename>libpq++</filename> (C++),
<filename>libpgtcl</filename> (Tcl), <productname>Perl</productname>, and <filename>libpgtcl</filename> (Tcl), <productname>Perl</productname>, and
<filename>ecpg</filename>. So some aspects of libpq's behavior will be <filename>ecpg</filename>. So some aspects of libpq's behavior will be
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ struct PQconninfoOption
is leaked for each call to PQconndefaults(). is leaked for each call to PQconndefaults().
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
In PostgreSQL versions before 7.0, PQconndefaults() returned a pointer In Postgres versions before 7.0, PQconndefaults() returned a pointer
to a static array, rather than a dynamically allocated array. That to a static array, rather than a dynamically allocated array. That
wasn't thread-safe, so the behavior has been changed. wasn't thread-safe, so the behavior has been changed.
</para> </para>
@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ libpq application programmers should be careful to
maintain the PGconn abstraction. Use the accessor functions below to get maintain the PGconn abstraction. Use the accessor functions below to get
at the contents of PGconn. Avoid directly referencing the fields of the at the contents of PGconn. Avoid directly referencing the fields of the
PGconn structure because they are subject to change in the future. PGconn structure because they are subject to change in the future.
(Beginning in <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> release 6.4, the (Beginning in <productname>Postgres</productname> release 6.4, the
definition of struct PGconn is not even provided in <filename>libpq-fe.h</filename>. definition of struct PGconn is not even provided in <filename>libpq-fe.h</filename>.
If you have old code that accesses PGconn fields directly, you can keep using it If you have old code that accesses PGconn fields directly, you can keep using it
by including <filename>libpq-int.h</filename> too, but you are encouraged to fix the code by including <filename>libpq-int.h</filename> too, but you are encouraged to fix the code
@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ and is not thread-safe.
<function>PQprint</function> <function>PQprint</function>
Prints out all the tuples and, optionally, the Prints out all the tuples and, optionally, the
attribute names to the specified output stream. attribute names to the specified output stream.
<synopsis> <synopsis>
void PQprint(FILE* fout, /* output stream */ void PQprint(FILE* fout, /* output stream */
const PGresult *res, const PGresult *res,
const PQprintOpt *po); const PQprintOpt *po);
@ -998,11 +998,11 @@ struct {
pqbool expanded; /* expand tables */ pqbool expanded; /* expand tables */
pqbool pager; /* use pager for output if needed */ pqbool pager; /* use pager for output if needed */
char *fieldSep; /* field separator */ char *fieldSep; /* field separator */
char *tableOpt; /* insert to HTML &lt;table ...&gt; */ char *tableOpt; /* insert to HTML <replaceable>table ...</replaceable> */
char *caption; /* HTML &lt;caption&gt; */ char *caption; /* HTML <replaceable>caption</replaceable> */
char **fieldName; /* null terminated array of replacement field names */ char **fieldName; /* null terminated array of replacement field names */
} PQprintOpt; } PQprintOpt;
</synopsis> </synopsis>
This function was formerly used by <application>psql</application> This function was formerly used by <application>psql</application>
to print query results, but this is no longer the case and this to print query results, but this is no longer the case and this
function is no longer actively supported. function is no longer actively supported.
@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ is not currently open or the backend is not currently processing a query.
<title>Fast Path</title> <title>Fast Path</title>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> provides a fast path interface to send <productname>Postgres</productname> provides a fast path interface to send
function calls to the backend. This is a trapdoor into system internals and function calls to the backend. This is a trapdoor into system internals and
can be a potential security hole. Most users will not need this feature. can be a potential security hole. Most users will not need this feature.
@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ typedef struct {
<title>Asynchronous Notification</title> <title>Asynchronous Notification</title>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> supports asynchronous notification via the <productname>Postgres</productname> supports asynchronous notification via the
LISTEN and NOTIFY commands. A backend registers its interest in a particular LISTEN and NOTIFY commands. A backend registers its interest in a particular
notification condition with the LISTEN command (and can stop listening notification condition with the LISTEN command (and can stop listening
with the UNLISTEN command). All backends listening on a with the UNLISTEN command). All backends listening on a
@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ be sure to free it with <function>free()</function> to avoid a memory leak.
</para> </para>
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
In <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> 6.4 and later, In <productname>Postgres</productname> 6.4 and later,
the <literal>be_pid</literal> is the notifying backend's, the <literal>be_pid</literal> is the notifying backend's,
whereas in earlier versions it was always your own backend's <acronym>PID</acronym>. whereas in earlier versions it was always your own backend's <acronym>PID</acronym>.
</para> </para>
@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ if any notifications came in during the processing of the query.
<title>Functions Associated with the COPY Command</title> <title>Functions Associated with the COPY Command</title>
<para> <para>
The COPY command in <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> has options to read from The COPY command in <productname>Postgres</productname> has options to read from
or write to the network connection used by <filename>libpq</filename>. or write to the network connection used by <filename>libpq</filename>.
Therefore, functions are necessary to access this network Therefore, functions are necessary to access this network
connection directly so applications may take advantage of this capability. connection directly so applications may take advantage of this capability.
@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ The data returned will not extend beyond a newline character. If possible
a whole line will be returned at one time. But if the buffer offered by a whole line will be returned at one time. But if the buffer offered by
the caller is too small to hold a line sent by the backend, then a partial the caller is too small to hold a line sent by the backend, then a partial
data line will be returned. This can be detected by testing whether the data line will be returned. This can be detected by testing whether the
last returned byte is <quote><literal>\n</literal></quote> or not. last returned byte is "<literal>\n</literal>" or not.
The returned string is not null-terminated. (If you want to add a The returned string is not null-terminated. (If you want to add a
terminating null, be sure to pass a bufsize one smaller than the room terminating null, be sure to pass a bufsize one smaller than the room
actually available.) actually available.)
@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ int PQputline(PGconn *conn,
const char *string); const char *string);
</synopsis> </synopsis>
Note the application must explicitly send the two Note the application must explicitly send the two
characters <quote><literal>\.</literal></quote> on a final line to indicate to characters "<literal>\.</literal>" on a final line to indicate to
the backend that it has finished sending its data. the backend that it has finished sending its data.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ specified directly.
sent to the backend using <function>PQputline</function> or when the sent to the backend using <function>PQputline</function> or when the
last string has been received from the backend last string has been received from the backend
using <function>PGgetline</function>. It must be issued or the backend using <function>PGgetline</function>. It must be issued or the backend
may get <quote>out of sync</quote> with the frontend. Upon may get "out of sync" with the frontend. Upon
return from this function, the backend is ready to return from this function, the backend is ready to
receive the next query. receive the next query.
The return value is 0 on successful completion, The return value is 0 on successful completion,
@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ PQsetNoticeProcessor(PGconn *conn,
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
By default, <application>libpq</application> prints <quote>notice</quote> By default, <application>libpq</application> prints "notice"
messages from the backend on <filename>stderr</filename>, messages from the backend on <filename>stderr</filename>,
as well as a few error messages that it generates by itself. as well as a few error messages that it generates by itself.
This behavior can be overridden by supplying a callback function that This behavior can be overridden by supplying a callback function that
@ -1777,14 +1777,14 @@ Without a host name, libpq will connect using a local Unix domain socket.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
<envar>PGPORT</envar> sets the default port or local Unix domain socket <envar>PGPORT</envar> sets the default port or local Unix domain socket
file extension for communicating with the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> file extension for communicating with the <productname>Postgres</productname>
backend. backend.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
<envar>PGDATABASE</envar> sets the default <envar>PGDATABASE</envar> sets the default
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> database name. <productname>Postgres</productname> database name.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
@ -1802,8 +1802,8 @@ sets the password used if the backend demands password authentication.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
<envar>PGREALM</envar> sets the Kerberos realm to use with <envar>PGREALM</envar> sets the Kerberos realm to use with
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, if it is different from the local realm. <productname>Postgres</productname>, if it is different from the local realm.
If <envar>PGREALM</envar> is set, <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> If <envar>PGREALM</envar> is set, <productname>Postgres</productname>
applications will attempt authentication with servers for this realm and use applications will attempt authentication with servers for this realm and use
separate ticket files to avoid conflicts with local separate ticket files to avoid conflicts with local
ticket files. This environment variable is only ticket files. This environment variable is only
@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ used if Kerberos authentication is selected by the backend.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
<envar>PGOPTIONS</envar> sets additional runtime options for <envar>PGOPTIONS</envar> sets additional runtime options for
the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> backend. the <productname>Postgres</productname> backend.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ for information on correct values for these environment variables.
<para> <para>
<filename>libpq</filename> is thread-safe as of <filename>libpq</filename> is thread-safe as of
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> 7.0, so long as no two threads <productname>Postgres</productname> 7.0, so long as no two threads
attempt to manipulate the same PGconn object at the same time. In particular, attempt to manipulate the same PGconn object at the same time. In particular,
you can't issue concurrent queries from different threads through the same you can't issue concurrent queries from different threads through the same
connection object. (If you need to run concurrent queries, start up multiple connection object. (If you need to run concurrent queries, start up multiple

5
doc/src/sgml/lisp.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/lisp.sgml,v 2.2 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/lisp.sgml,v 2.3 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="lisp"> <chapter id="lisp">
@ -31,8 +31,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/lisp.sgml,v 2.2 2000/03/31 03:27:41 t
<para> <para>
The code (version 0.2) is available under GNU GPL from The code (version 0.2) is available under GNU GPL from
<ulink url="http://www.chez.com/emarsden/downloads/pg.el"> <ulink url="http://www.chez.com/emarsden/downloads/pg.el">Eric Marsden</ulink>
http://www.chez.com/emarsden/downloads/pg.el</ulink>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>

392
doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml,v 1.10 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/lobj.sgml,v 1.11 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="largeObjects"> <chapter id="largeObjects">
@ -288,235 +288,235 @@ SELECT lo_export(image.raster, '/tmp/motd') from image
<para> <para>
<programlisting> <programlisting>
/*-------------------------------------------------------------- /*--------------------------------------------------------------
* *
* testlo.c-- * testlo.c--
* test using large objects with libpq * test using large objects with libpq
* *
* Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
* *
* *
* IDENTIFICATION * IDENTIFICATION
* /usr/local/devel/pglite/cvs/src/doc/manual.me,v 1.16 1995/09/01 23:55:00 jolly Exp * /usr/local/devel/pglite/cvs/src/doc/manual.me,v 1.16 1995/09/01 23:55:00 jolly Exp
* *
*-------------------------------------------------------------- *--------------------------------------------------------------
*/ */
#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; #include &lt;stdio.h&gt;
#include "libpq-fe.h" #include "libpq-fe.h"
#include "libpq/libpq-fs.h" #include "libpq/libpq-fs.h"
#define BUFSIZE 1024 #define BUFSIZE 1024
/* /*
* importFile * import file "in_filename" into database as large object "lobjOid" * importFile * import file "in_filename" into database as large object "lobjOid"
* *
*/ */
Oid importFile(PGconn *conn, char *filename) Oid importFile(PGconn *conn, char *filename)
{ {
Oid lobjId; Oid lobjId;
int lobj_fd; int lobj_fd;
char buf[BUFSIZE]; char buf[BUFSIZE];
int nbytes, tmp; int nbytes, tmp;
int fd; int fd;
/* /*
* open the file to be read in * open the file to be read in
*/ */
fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0666); fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0666);
if (fd &lt; 0) { /* error */ if (fd &lt; 0) { /* error */
fprintf(stderr, "can't open unix file %s\n", filename); fprintf(stderr, "can't open unix file %s\n", filename);
} }
/* /*
* create the large object * create the large object
*/ */
lobjId = lo_creat(conn, INV_READ|INV_WRITE); lobjId = lo_creat(conn, INV_READ|INV_WRITE);
if (lobjId == 0) { if (lobjId == 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "can't create large object\n"); fprintf(stderr, "can't create large object\n");
} }
lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_WRITE); lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_WRITE);
/* /*
* read in from the Unix file and write to the inversion file * read in from the Unix file and write to the inversion file
*/ */
while ((nbytes = read(fd, buf, BUFSIZE)) &gt; 0) { while ((nbytes = read(fd, buf, BUFSIZE)) &gt; 0) {
tmp = lo_write(conn, lobj_fd, buf, nbytes); tmp = lo_write(conn, lobj_fd, buf, nbytes);
if (tmp &lt; nbytes) { if (tmp &lt; nbytes) {
fprintf(stderr, "error while reading large object\n"); fprintf(stderr, "error while reading large object\n");
} }
} }
(void) close(fd); (void) close(fd);
(void) lo_close(conn, lobj_fd); (void) lo_close(conn, lobj_fd);
return lobjId; return lobjId;
} }
void pickout(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len) void pickout(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len)
{ {
int lobj_fd; int lobj_fd;
char* buf; char* buf;
int nbytes; int nbytes;
int nread; int nread;
lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ); lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
if (lobj_fd &lt; 0) { if (lobj_fd &lt; 0) {
fprintf(stderr,"can't open large object %d\n", fprintf(stderr,"can't open large object %d\n",
lobjId); lobjId);
} }
lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET); lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET);
buf = malloc(len+1); buf = malloc(len+1);
nread = 0; nread = 0;
while (len - nread &gt; 0) { while (len - nread &gt; 0) {
nbytes = lo_read(conn, lobj_fd, buf, len - nread); nbytes = lo_read(conn, lobj_fd, buf, len - nread);
buf[nbytes] = ' '; buf[nbytes] = ' ';
fprintf(stderr,"&gt;&gt;&gt; %s", buf); fprintf(stderr,"&gt;&gt;&gt; %s", buf);
nread += nbytes; nread += nbytes;
} }
fprintf(stderr,"\n"); fprintf(stderr,"\n");
lo_close(conn, lobj_fd); lo_close(conn, lobj_fd);
} }
void overwrite(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len) void overwrite(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len)
{ {
int lobj_fd; int lobj_fd;
char* buf; char* buf;
int nbytes; int nbytes;
int nwritten; int nwritten;
int i; int i;
lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ); lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
if (lobj_fd &lt; 0) { if (lobj_fd &lt; 0) {
fprintf(stderr,"can't open large object %d\n", fprintf(stderr,"can't open large object %d\n",
lobjId); lobjId);
} }
lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET); lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET);
buf = malloc(len+1); buf = malloc(len+1);
for (i=0;i&lt;len;i++) for (i=0;i&lt;len;i++)
buf[i] = 'X'; buf[i] = 'X';
buf[i] = ' '; buf[i] = ' ';
nwritten = 0; nwritten = 0;
while (len - nwritten &gt; 0) { while (len - nwritten &gt; 0) {
nbytes = lo_write(conn, lobj_fd, buf + nwritten, len - nwritten); nbytes = lo_write(conn, lobj_fd, buf + nwritten, len - nwritten);
nwritten += nbytes; nwritten += nbytes;
} }
fprintf(stderr,"\n"); fprintf(stderr,"\n");
lo_close(conn, lobj_fd); lo_close(conn, lobj_fd);
} }
/* /*
* exportFile * export large object "lobjOid" to file "out_filename" * exportFile * export large object "lobjOid" to file "out_filename"
* *
*/ */
void exportFile(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, char *filename) void exportFile(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, char *filename)
{ {
int lobj_fd; int lobj_fd;
char buf[BUFSIZE]; char buf[BUFSIZE];
int nbytes, tmp; int nbytes, tmp;
int fd; int fd;
/* /*
* create an inversion "object" * create an inversion "object"
*/ */
lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ); lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
if (lobj_fd &lt; 0) { if (lobj_fd &lt; 0) {
fprintf(stderr,"can't open large object %d\n", fprintf(stderr,"can't open large object %d\n",
lobjId); lobjId);
} }
/* /*
* open the file to be written to * open the file to be written to
*/ */
fd = open(filename, O_CREAT|O_WRONLY, 0666); fd = open(filename, O_CREAT|O_WRONLY, 0666);
if (fd &lt; 0) { /* error */ if (fd &lt; 0) { /* error */
fprintf(stderr, "can't open unix file %s\n", fprintf(stderr, "can't open unix file %s\n",
filename); filename);
} }
/* /*
* read in from the Unix file and write to the inversion file * read in from the Unix file and write to the inversion file
*/ */
while ((nbytes = lo_read(conn, lobj_fd, buf, BUFSIZE)) &gt; 0) { while ((nbytes = lo_read(conn, lobj_fd, buf, BUFSIZE)) &gt; 0) {
tmp = write(fd, buf, nbytes); tmp = write(fd, buf, nbytes);
if (tmp &lt; nbytes) { if (tmp &lt; nbytes) {
fprintf(stderr,"error while writing %s\n", fprintf(stderr,"error while writing %s\n",
filename); filename);
} }
} }
(void) lo_close(conn, lobj_fd); (void) lo_close(conn, lobj_fd);
(void) close(fd); (void) close(fd);
return; return;
} }
void void
exit_nicely(PGconn* conn) exit_nicely(PGconn* conn)
{ {
PQfinish(conn); PQfinish(conn);
exit(1); exit(1);
} }
int int
main(int argc, char **argv) main(int argc, char **argv)
{ {
char *in_filename, *out_filename; char *in_filename, *out_filename;
char *database; char *database;
Oid lobjOid; Oid lobjOid;
PGconn *conn; PGconn *conn;
PGresult *res; PGresult *res;
if (argc != 4) { if (argc != 4) {
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s database_name in_filename out_filename\n", fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s database_name in_filename out_filename\n",
argv[0]); argv[0]);
exit(1); exit(1);
} }
database = argv[1]; database = argv[1];
in_filename = argv[2]; in_filename = argv[2];
out_filename = argv[3]; out_filename = argv[3];
/* /*
* set up the connection * set up the connection
*/ */
conn = PQsetdb(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, database); conn = PQsetdb(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, database);
/* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */ /* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD) { if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD) {
fprintf(stderr,"Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", database); fprintf(stderr,"Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", database);
fprintf(stderr,"%s",PQerrorMessage(conn)); fprintf(stderr,"%s",PQerrorMessage(conn));
exit_nicely(conn); exit_nicely(conn);
} }
res = PQexec(conn, "begin"); res = PQexec(conn, "begin");
PQclear(res); PQclear(res);
printf("importing file %s\n", in_filename); printf("importing file %s\n", in_filename);
/* lobjOid = importFile(conn, in_filename); */ /* lobjOid = importFile(conn, in_filename); */
lobjOid = lo_import(conn, in_filename); lobjOid = lo_import(conn, in_filename);
/* /*
printf("as large object %d.\n", lobjOid); printf("as large object %d.\n", lobjOid);
printf("picking out bytes 1000-2000 of the large object\n"); printf("picking out bytes 1000-2000 of the large object\n");
pickout(conn, lobjOid, 1000, 1000); pickout(conn, lobjOid, 1000, 1000);
printf("overwriting bytes 1000-2000 of the large object with X's\n"); printf("overwriting bytes 1000-2000 of the large object with X's\n");
overwrite(conn, lobjOid, 1000, 1000); overwrite(conn, lobjOid, 1000, 1000);
*/ */
printf("exporting large object to file %s\n", out_filename); printf("exporting large object to file %s\n", out_filename);
/* exportFile(conn, lobjOid, out_filename); */ /* exportFile(conn, lobjOid, out_filename); */
lo_export(conn, lobjOid,out_filename); lo_export(conn, lobjOid,out_filename);
res = PQexec(conn, "end"); res = PQexec(conn, "end");
PQclear(res); PQclear(res);
PQfinish(conn); PQfinish(conn);
exit(0); exit(0);
} }
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>

6
doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml,v 2.7 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml,v 2.8 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="manage-ag"> <chapter id="manage-ag">
@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ Type: \copyright for distribution terms
White space (i.e., spaces, tabs and newlines) may be White space (i.e., spaces, tabs and newlines) may be
used freely in <acronym>SQL</acronym> queries. used freely in <acronym>SQL</acronym> queries.
Single-line comments are denoted by two dashes Single-line comments are denoted by two dashes
(<quote>--</quote>). Everything after the dashes up to the end of the ("<literal>--</literal>"). Everything after the dashes up to the end of the
line is ignored. Multiple-line comments, and comments within a line, line is ignored. Multiple-line comments, and comments within a line,
are denoted by <quote>/* ... */</quote>, a convention borrowed are denoted by "<literal>/* ... */</literal>", a convention borrowed
from <productname>Ingres</productname>. from <productname>Ingres</productname>.
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>

16
doc/src/sgml/manage.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/manage.sgml,v 1.9 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/manage.sgml,v 1.10 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<Chapter Id="manage"> <Chapter Id="manage">
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/manage.sgml,v 1.9 2000/03/31 03:27:41
</Para> </Para>
<Para> <Para>
To create a new database named <Quote>mydb</Quote> from the command line, type To create a new database named <literal>mydb</literal> from the command line, type
<ProgramListing> <ProgramListing>
% createdb mydb % createdb mydb
</ProgramListing> </ProgramListing>
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ ERROR: CREATE DATABASE: Permission denied.
Consult with the site administrator Consult with the site administrator
regarding preconfigured alternate database locations. regarding preconfigured alternate database locations.
Any valid environment variable name may be used to reference an alternate location, Any valid environment variable name may be used to reference an alternate location,
although using variable names with a prefix of <quote>PGDATA</quote> is recommended although using variable names with a prefix of <envar>PGDATA</envar> is recommended
to avoid confusion to avoid confusion
and conflict with other variables. and conflict with other variables.
</Para> </Para>
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ enter, edit, and execute <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> commands.
library. This allows you to submit <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> commands library. This allows you to submit <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> commands
from C and get answers and status messages back to from C and get answers and status messages back to
your program. This interface is discussed further your program. This interface is discussed further
in section ??. in <citetitle>The PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide</citetitle>.
</Para> </Para>
</ListItem> </ListItem>
</ItemizedList> </ItemizedList>
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ This prompt indicates that psql is listening
to you and that you can type <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> queries into a to you and that you can type <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> queries into a
workspace maintained by the terminal monitor. workspace maintained by the terminal monitor.
The <Application>psql</Application> program responds to escape codes that begin The <Application>psql</Application> program responds to escape codes that begin
with the backslash character, <Quote>\</Quote> For example, you with the backslash character, "<literal>\</literal>". For example, you
can get help on the syntax of various can get help on the syntax of various
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> commands by typing: <ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> commands by typing:
<ProgramListing> <ProgramListing>
@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ mydb=> \g
</ProgramListing> </ProgramListing>
This tells the server to process the query. If you This tells the server to process the query. If you
terminate your query with a semicolon, the <Quote>\g</Quote> is not terminate your query with a semicolon, the "<literal>\g</literal>" is not
necessary. necessary.
<Application>psql</Application> will automatically process semicolon terminated queries. <Application>psql</Application> will automatically process semicolon terminated queries.
To read queries from a file, say myFile, instead of To read queries from a file, say myFile, instead of
@ -251,9 +251,9 @@ mydb=> \q
prompt.) prompt.)
White space (i.e., spaces, tabs and newlines) may be White space (i.e., spaces, tabs and newlines) may be
used freely in <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> queries. Single-line comments are denoted by used freely in <Acronym>SQL</Acronym> queries. Single-line comments are denoted by
<Quote>--</Quote>. Everything after the dashes up to the end of the "<literal>--</literal>". Everything after the dashes up to the end of the
line is ignored. Multiple-line comments, and comments within a line, line is ignored. Multiple-line comments, and comments within a line,
are denoted by <Quote>/* ... */</Quote> are denoted by "<literal>/* ... */</literal>".
</Para> </Para>
<Sect2> <Sect2>

22
doc/src/sgml/notation.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/notation.sgml,v 1.9 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/notation.sgml,v 1.10 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<sect1 id="terminology"> <sect1 id="terminology">
@ -75,35 +75,35 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/notation.sgml,v 1.9 2000/04/07 13:30:58 tho
<title>Notation</title> <title>Notation</title>
<para> <para>
<quote>...</quote> or <filename>/usr/local/pgsql/</filename> "<literal>...</literal>" or <filename>/usr/local/pgsql/</filename>
at the front of a file name is used to represent the at the front of a file name is used to represent the
path to the <Productname>Postgres</Productname> superuser's home directory. path to the <Productname>Postgres</Productname> superuser's home directory.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
In a command synopsis, brackets In a command synopsis, brackets
(<quote>[</quote> and <quote>]</quote>) indicate an optional phrase or keyword. ("<literal>[</literal>" and "<literal>]</literal>") indicate an optional phrase or keyword.
Anything in braces Anything in braces
(<quote>{</quote> and <quote>}</quote>) and containing vertical bars ("<literal>{</literal>" and "<literal>}</literal>") and containing vertical bars
(<quote>|</quote>) ("<literal>|</literal>")
indicates that you must choose one. indicates that you must choose one.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
In examples, parentheses (<quote>(</quote> and <quote>)</quote>) are In examples, parentheses ("<literal>(</literal>" and "<literal>)</literal>") are
used to group boolean used to group boolean
expressions. <quote>|</quote> is the boolean operator OR. expressions. "<literal>|</literal>" is the boolean operator OR.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Examples will show commands executed from various accounts and programs. Examples will show commands executed from various accounts and programs.
Commands executed from the root account will be preceeded with Commands executed from the root account will be preceeded with
<quote>&gt;</quote>. "<literal>&gt;</literal>".
Commands executed from the <Productname>Postgres</Productname> Commands executed from the <Productname>Postgres</Productname>
superuser account will be preceeded with <quote>%</quote>, while commands superuser account will be preceeded with "<literal>%</literal>", while commands
executed from an unprivileged user's account will be preceeded with executed from an unprivileged user's account will be preceeded with
<quote>$</quote>. "<literal>$</literal>".
<acronym>SQL</acronym> commands will be preceeded with <quote>=&gt;</quote> <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands will be preceeded with "<literal>=&gt;</literal>"
or will have no leading prompt, depending on the context. or will have no leading prompt, depending on the context.
</para> </para>

115
doc/src/sgml/odbc.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.15 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="odbc"> <chapter id="odbc">
@ -125,7 +125,8 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
can I write it using <acronym>ODBC</acronym> calls can I write it using <acronym>ODBC</acronym> calls
to the <productname>Postgres</productname> server, to the <productname>Postgres</productname> server,
or is that only when another database program or is that only when another database program
like MS SQL Server or Access needs to access the data?</quote> like MS SQL Server or Access needs to access the data?
</quote>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The <acronym>ODBC</acronym> <acronym>API</acronym> The <acronym>ODBC</acronym> <acronym>API</acronym>
@ -171,8 +172,8 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
<productname>ApplixWare</productname> has an <productname>ApplixWare</productname> has an
<acronym>ODBC</acronym> database interface <acronym>ODBC</acronym> database interface
supported on at least some platforms. supported on at least some platforms.
<productname>ApplixWare</productname> v4.4.1 has been <productname>ApplixWare</productname> v4.4.2 has been
demonstrated under Linux with <productname>Postgres</productname> v6.4 demonstrated under Linux with <productname>Postgres</productname> v7.0
using the <productname>psqlODBC</productname> using the <productname>psqlODBC</productname>
driver contained in the <productname>Postgres</productname> distribution. driver contained in the <productname>Postgres</productname> distribution.
</para> </para>
@ -253,20 +254,36 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
command-line argument for <application>src/configure</application>: command-line argument for <application>src/configure</application>:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% ./configure --with-odbc % ./configure --with-odbc
% make % make
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Rebuild the <productname>Postgres</productname> distribution: Rebuild the <productname>Postgres</productname> distribution:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make install % make install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
<step performance="optional">
<para>
Install the ODBC catalog extensions available in
<filename>PGROOT/contrib/odbc/odbc.sql</filename>:
<programlisting>
% psql -e template1 &lt; $PGROOT/contrib/odbc/odbc.sql
</programlisting>
where specifying <literal>template1</literal> as the target
database will ensure that all subsequent new databases will
have these same definitions.
</para>
</step>
</procedure> </procedure>
<para> <para>
@ -278,7 +295,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
This can be overridden from the <application>make</application> command-line This can be overridden from the <application>make</application> command-line
as as
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make ODBCINST=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> install % make ODBCINST=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -304,9 +321,9 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
sources, type: sources, type:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% ./configure % ./configure
% make % make
% make POSTGRESDIR=<replaceable class="parameter">PostgresTopDir</replaceable> install % make POSTGRESDIR=<replaceable class="parameter">PostgresTopDir</replaceable> install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
@ -317,7 +334,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
then you can specify various destinations explicitly: then you can specify various destinations explicitly:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make BINDIR=bindir LIBDIR=libdir HEADERDIR=headerdir ODBCINST=instfile install % make BINDIR=bindir LIBDIR=libdir HEADERDIR=headerdir ODBCINST=instfile install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
@ -368,7 +385,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
or gzipped tarfile to an empty directory. If using the zip package or gzipped tarfile to an empty directory. If using the zip package
unzip it with the command unzip it with the command
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% unzip -a <replaceable>packagename</replaceable> % unzip -a <replaceable>packagename</replaceable>
</programlisting> </programlisting>
The <option>-a</option> option The <option>-a</option> option
@ -380,7 +397,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
If you have the gzipped tar package than simply run If you have the gzipped tar package than simply run
<programlisting> <programlisting>
tar -xzf <replaceable>packagename</replaceable> % tar -xzf <replaceable>packagename</replaceable>
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -404,8 +421,8 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
Create the tar file: Create the tar file:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% cd interfaces/odbc % cd interfaces/odbc
% make standalone % make standalone
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
@ -429,7 +446,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
Configure the standalone installation: Configure the standalone installation:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% ./configure % ./configure
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -437,8 +454,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
The configuration can be done with options: The configuration can be done with options:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% ./configure --prefix=<replaceable>rootdir</replaceable> % ./configure --prefix=<replaceable>rootdir</replaceable> --with-odbc=<replaceable>inidir</replaceable>
--with-odbc=<replaceable>inidir</replaceable>
</programlisting> </programlisting>
where <option>--prefix</option> installs the libraries and headers in where <option>--prefix</option> installs the libraries and headers in
@ -463,7 +479,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
Compile and link the source code: Compile and link the source code:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make ODBCINST=<replaceable>instdir</replaceable> % make ODBCINST=<replaceable>instdir</replaceable>
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -493,7 +509,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
Install the source code: Install the source code:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make POSTGRESDIR=<replaceable>targettree</replaceable> install % make POSTGRESDIR=<replaceable>targettree</replaceable> install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -513,9 +529,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
Here is how you would specify the various destinations explicitly: Here is how you would specify the various destinations explicitly:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make BINDIR=<replaceable>bindir</replaceable> % make BINDIR=<replaceable>bindir</replaceable> LIBDIR=<replaceable>libdir</replaceable> HEADERDIR=<replaceable>headerdir</replaceable> install
LIBDIR<replaceable>>libdi</replaceable>>
HEADERDIR=<replaceable>headerdir</replaceable> install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -523,7 +537,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
For example, typing For example, typing
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make POSTGRESDIR=/opt/psqlodbc install % make POSTGRESDIR=/opt/psqlodbc install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
(after you've used (after you've used
@ -537,7 +551,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
The command The command
<programlisting> <programlisting>
% make POSTGRESDIR=/opt/psqlodbc HEADERDIR=/usr/local install % make POSTGRESDIR=/opt/psqlodbc HEADERDIR=/usr/local install
</programlisting> </programlisting>
should cause the libraries to be installed in /opt/psqlodbc/lib and should cause the libraries to be installed in /opt/psqlodbc/lib and
@ -570,10 +584,10 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/odbc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/03/31 03:27:41
<literal>[ODBC Data Sources]</literal> and must contain the following entries: <literal>[ODBC Data Sources]</literal> and must contain the following entries:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
Driver = <replaceable>POSTGRESDIR</replaceable>/lib/libpsqlodbc.so Driver = <replaceable>POSTGRESDIR</replaceable>/lib/libpsqlodbc.so
Database=<replaceable>DatabaseName</replaceable> Database=<replaceable>DatabaseName</replaceable>
Servername=localhost Servername=localhost
Port=5432 Port=5432
</programlisting> </programlisting>
<tip> <tip>
@ -632,6 +646,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1> <sect1>
<title>ApplixWare</title> <title>ApplixWare</title>
@ -679,7 +694,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
find the line that starts with find the line that starts with
<programlisting> <programlisting>
#libFor elfodbc /ax/<replaceable>...</replaceable> #libFor elfodbc /ax/<replaceable>...</replaceable>
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
@ -688,7 +703,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
Change line to read Change line to read
<programlisting> <programlisting>
libFor elfodbc <replaceable>applixroot</replaceable>/applix/axdata/axshlib/lib libFor elfodbc <replaceable>applixroot</replaceable>/applix/axdata/axshlib/lib
</programlisting> </programlisting>
which will tell elfodbc to look in this directory which will tell elfodbc to look in this directory
@ -709,7 +724,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
described above. You may also want to add the flag described above. You may also want to add the flag
<programlisting> <programlisting>
TextAsLongVarchar=0 TextAsLongVarchar=0
</programlisting> </programlisting>
to the database-specific portion of <filename>.odbc.ini</filename> to the database-specific portion of <filename>.odbc.ini</filename>
@ -763,7 +778,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
</substeps> </substeps>
<para> <para>
You should see <quote>Starting elfodbc server</quote> You should see "<literal>Starting elfodbc server</literal>"
in the lower left corner of the in the lower left corner of the
data window. If you get an error dialog box, see the debugging section data window. If you get an error dialog box, see the debugging section
below. below.
@ -895,14 +910,14 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
the axnet process. For example, if the axnet process. For example, if
<programlisting> <programlisting>
ps -aucx | grep ax % ps -aucx | grep ax
</programlisting> </programlisting>
shows shows
<programlisting> <programlisting>
cary 10432 0.0 2.6 1740 392 ? S Oct 9 0:00 axnet cary 10432 0.0 2.6 1740 392 ? S Oct 9 0:00 axnet
cary 27883 0.9 31.0 12692 4596 ? S 10:24 0:04 axmain cary 27883 0.9 31.0 12692 4596 ? S 10:24 0:04 axmain
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -910,7 +925,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
Then run Then run
<programlisting> <programlisting>
strace -f -s 1024 -p 10432 % strace -f -s 1024 -p 10432
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</step> </step>
@ -934,16 +949,16 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
<para> <para>
For example, after getting For example, after getting
a <quote>Cannot launch gateway on server</quote>, a "<literal>Cannot launch gateway on server</literal>",
I ran strace on axnet and got I ran strace on axnet and got
<programlisting> <programlisting>
[pid 27947] open("/usr/lib/libodbc.so", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT [pid 27947] open("/usr/lib/libodbc.so", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT
(No such file or directory) (No such file or directory)
[pid 27947] open("/lib/libodbc.so", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT [pid 27947] open("/lib/libodbc.so", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT
(No such file or directory) (No such file or directory)
[pid 27947] write(2, "/usr2/applix/axdata/elfodbc: [pid 27947] write(2, "/usr2/applix/axdata/elfodbc:
can't load library 'libodbc.so'\n", 61) = -1 EIO (I/O error) can't load library 'libodbc.so'\n", 61) = -1 EIO (I/O error)
</programlisting> </programlisting>
So what is happening is that applix elfodbc is searching for libodbc.so, but it So what is happening is that applix elfodbc is searching for libodbc.so, but it
can't find it. That is why axnet.cnf needed to be changed. can't find it. That is why axnet.cnf needed to be changed.
@ -1034,7 +1049,7 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
<step performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<para> <para>
Enter the value <quote>sqldemo</quote>, then click <command>OK</command>. Enter the value "<literal>sqldemo</literal>", then click <command>OK</command>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1060,10 +1075,10 @@ InstallDir = /opt/applix/axdata/axshlib
<filename>~/axhome/macros/login.am</filename> file: <filename>~/axhome/macros/login.am</filename> file:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
macro login macro login
set_set_system_var@("sql_username@","tgl") set_set_system_var@("sql_username@","tgl")
set_system_var@("sql_passwd@","no$way") set_system_var@("sql_passwd@","no$way")
endmacro endmacro
</programlisting> </programlisting>
<caution> <caution>

30
doc/src/sgml/oper.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/oper.sgml,v 1.15 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/oper.sgml,v 1.16 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<Chapter Id="operators"> <Chapter Id="operators">
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/oper.sgml,v 1.15 2000/03/31 03:27:41
</Para> </Para>
<Para> <Para>
To view all variations of the <Quote>||</Quote> string concatenation operator, To view all variations of the "<literal>||</literal>" string concatenation operator,
try try
<ProgramListing> <ProgramListing>
SELECT oprleft, oprright, oprresult, oprcode SELECT oprleft, oprright, oprresult, oprcode
@ -74,15 +74,9 @@ Operator Ordering (decreasing precedence)
<tgroup cols="2"> <tgroup cols="2">
<thead> <thead>
<row> <row>
<entry> <entry>Element</entry>
Element <entry>Precedence</entry>
</entry> <entry>Description</entry>
<entry>
Precedence
</entry>
<entry>
Description
</entry>
</row> </row>
</thead> </thead>
@ -141,6 +135,8 @@ right
unary minus unary minus
</entry> </entry>
</row> </row>
<!--
Deprecated as of v7.0
<row> <row>
<entry> <entry>
; ;
@ -152,6 +148,7 @@ left
statement termination, logarithm statement termination, logarithm
</entry> </entry>
</row> </row>
-->
<row> <row>
<entry> <entry>
: :
@ -283,7 +280,7 @@ string pattern matching
<entry> <entry>
</entry> </entry>
<entry> <entry>
boolean inequality inequality
</entry> </entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
@ -305,7 +302,7 @@ NOT
right right
</entry> </entry>
<entry> <entry>
negation logical negation
</entry> </entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
@ -494,11 +491,14 @@ logical union
<ENTRY>Natural Exponentiation</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Natural Exponentiation</ENTRY>
<ENTRY>: 3.0</ENTRY> <ENTRY>: 3.0</ENTRY>
</ROW> </ROW>
<!--
Deprecated in v7.0, esp. since ln() is available as a generic function.
<ROW> <ROW>
<ENTRY> ; </ENTRY> <ENTRY> ; </ENTRY>
<ENTRY>Natural Logarithm</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Natural Logarithm</ENTRY>
<ENTRY>(; 5.0)</ENTRY> <ENTRY>(; 5.0)</ENTRY>
</ROW> </ROW>
-->
<ROW> <ROW>
<ENTRY> @ </ENTRY> <ENTRY> @ </ENTRY>
<ENTRY>Absolute value</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Absolute value</ENTRY>
@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ logical union
<para> <para>
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
The operators ":" and ";" are deprecated, and will be removed in Two operators, ":" and ";", are now deprecated and will be removed in
the near future. Use the equivalent functions exp() and ln() the next release. Use the equivalent functions exp() and ln()
instead. instead.
</para> </para>
</note> </note>

4
doc/src/sgml/plsql.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/plsql.sgml,v 2.3 2000/03/31 06:17:21 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/plsql.sgml,v 2.4 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter> <chapter>
@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ RETURN <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
<programlisting> <programlisting>
RAISE <replaceable class="parameter">level</replaceable> <replaceable class="parameter">format</replaceable>'' [, <replaceable class="parameter">identifier</replaceable> [...]]; RAISE <replaceable class="parameter">level</replaceable> <replaceable class="parameter">format</replaceable>'' [, <replaceable class="parameter">identifier</replaceable> [...]];
</programlisting> </programlisting>
Inside the format, <quote>%</quote> is used as a placeholder for the Inside the format, "<literal>%</literal>" is used as a placeholder for the
subsequent comma-separated identifiers. Possible levels are subsequent comma-separated identifiers. Possible levels are
DEBUG (silently suppressed in production running databases), NOTICE DEBUG (silently suppressed in production running databases), NOTICE
(written into the database log and forwarded to the client application) (written into the database log and forwarded to the client application)

123
doc/src/sgml/ports.sgml
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<title>Ports</title> <title>Ports</title>
<para> <para>
This manual describes version 6.5 of <productname>Postgres</productname>. This manual describes version 7.0 of <productname>Postgres</productname>.
The <productname>Postgres</productname> developer community has The <productname>Postgres</productname> developer community has
compiled and tested <productname>Postgres</productname> on a compiled and tested <productname>Postgres</productname> on a
number of platforms. Check number of platforms. Check
@ -34,180 +34,171 @@
<entry>RS6000</entry> <entry>RS6000</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-05</entry> <entry>2000-04-05</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:Andreas.Zeugswetter@telecom.at">Andreas Zeugswetter</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:Andreas.Zeugswetter@telecom.at">Andreas Zeugswetter</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>BSDI 4.01</entry> <entry>BSDI 4.01</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-04</entry> <entry>2000-04-04</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:maillist@candle.pha.pa.us">Bruce Momjian</ulink></entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:maillist@candle.pha.pa.us">Bruce Momjian</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Compaq Tru64 5.0</entry> <entry>Compaq Tru64 5.0</entry>
<entry>Alpha</entry> <entry>Alpha</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-11</entry> <entry>2000-04-11</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:andrew.mcmurry@astro.uio.no">Andrew McMurry</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:andrew.mcmurry@astro.uio.no">Andrew McMurry</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>FreeBSD 4.0</entry> <entry>FreeBSD 4.0</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-04</entry> <entry>2000-04-04</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:scrappy@hub.org">Marc Fournier</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:scrappy@hub.org">Marc Fournier</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>HPUX</entry> <entry>HPUX</entry>
<entry>PA-RISC</entry> <entry>PA-RISC</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-12</entry> <entry>2000-04-12</entry>
<entry>Both 9.0x and 10.20 <entry>Both 9.0x and 10.20.
(<ulink url="mailto:tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us">Tom Lane</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us">Tom Lane</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>IRIX 6.5.6f</entry> <entry>IRIX 6.5.6f</entry>
<entry>MIPS</entry> <entry>MIPS</entry>
<entry>v6.5.3</entry> <entry>v6.5.3</entry>
<entry>2000-02-18</entry> <entry>2000-02-18</entry>
<entry>MIPSPro 7.3.1.1m; full N32 build <entry>MIPSPro 7.3.1.1m N32 build.
(<ulink url="hxpro@cinesite.co.uk">Kevin Wheatley</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="hxpro@cinesite.co.uk">Kevin Wheatley</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Linux 2.0.x</entry> <entry>Linux 2.0.x</entry>
<entry>Alpha</entry> <entry>Alpha</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-05</entry> <entry>2000-04-05</entry>
<entry> With patches <entry>With published patches.
(<ulink url="mailto:pgsql@rkirkpat.net">Ryan Kirkpatrick</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:pgsql@rkirkpat.net">Ryan Kirkpatrick</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Linux 2.2.x</entry> <entry>Linux 2.2.x</entry>
<entry>armv4l</entry> <entry>armv4l</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-17</entry> <entry>2000-04-17</entry>
<entry>Regression test needs work <entry>Regression test needs work.
(<ulink url="mailto:segfault@hardline.org">Mark Knox</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:segfault@hardline.org">Mark Knox</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Linux 2.2.x</entry> <entry>Linux 2.2.x</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-03-26</entry> <entry>2000-03-26</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:lamar.owen@wgcr.org">Lamar Owens</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:lamar.owen@wgcr.org">Lamar Owens</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Linux 2.0.x</entry> <entry>Linux 2.0.x</entry>
<entry>MIPS</entry> <entry>MIPS</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-13</entry> <entry>2000-04-13</entry>
<entry>Cobalt Qube <entry>Cobalt Qube.
(<ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Linux 2.2.5</entry> <entry>Linux 2.2.5</entry>
<entry>Sparc</entry> <entry>Sparc</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-02</entry> <entry>2000-04-02</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:szybist@boxhill.com">Tom Szybist</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:szybist@boxhill.com">Tom Szybist</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>LinuxPPC R4</entry> <entry>LinuxPPC R4</entry>
<entry>PPC603e</entry> <entry>PPC603e</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-13</entry> <entry>2000-04-13</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>mklinux</entry> <entry>mklinux</entry>
<entry>PPC750</entry> <entry>PPC750</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-13</entry> <entry>2000-04-13</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>NetBSD 1.4</entry> <entry>NetBSD 1.4</entry>
<entry>arm32</entry> <entry>arm32</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-08</entry> <entry>2000-04-08</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:prlw1@newn.cam.ac.uk">Patrick <entry><ulink url="mailto:prlw1@newn.cam.ac.uk">Patrick
Welche</ulink>)</entry> Welche</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>NetBSD 1.4U</entry> <entry>NetBSD 1.4U</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-03-26</entry> <entry>2000-03-26</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:prlw1@newn.cam.ac.uk">Patrick <entry><ulink url="mailto:prlw1@newn.cam.ac.uk">Patrick
Welche</ulink>)</entry> Welche</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>NetBSD</entry> <entry>NetBSD</entry>
<entry>m68k</entry> <entry>m68k</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-10</entry> <entry>2000-04-10</entry>
<entry>Mac 8xx <entry>Mac 8xx.
(<ulink url="mailto:hotz@jpl.nasa.gov">Henry B. Hotz</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:hotz@jpl.nasa.gov">Henry B. Hotz</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>NetBSD/sparc</entry> <entry>NetBSD/sparc</entry>
<entry>Sparc</entry> <entry>Sparc</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-13</entry> <entry>2000-04-13</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:tih@kpnQwest.no">Tom I Helbekkmo</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:tih@kpnQwest.no">Tom I Helbekkmo</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>QNX 4.25</entry> <entry>QNX 4.25</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-01</entry> <entry>2000-04-01</entry>
<entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:kardos@repas-aeg.de">Dr. Andreas Kardos</ulink></entry>
(<ulink url="mailto:kardos@repas-aeg.de">Dr. Andreas Kardos</ulink>)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>SCO OpenServer 5</entry> <entry>SCO OpenServer 5</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v6.5</entry> <entry>v6.5</entry>
<entry>1999-05-25</entry> <entry>1999-05-25</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:andrew@compclass.com">Andrew Merrill</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:andrew@compclass.com">Andrew Merrill</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>SCO UnixWare 7</entry> <entry>SCO UnixWare 7</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-18</entry> <entry>2000-04-18</entry>
<entry>See FAQ; needs patch for compiler bug <entry>See FAQ.
(<ulink url="mailto:Bill.Allie@mug.org">Billy G. Allie</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:Bill.Allie@mug.org">Billy G. Allie</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Solaris</entry> <entry>Solaris</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-12</entry> <entry>2000-04-12</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:scrappy@hub.org">Marc Fournier</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:scrappy@hub.org">Marc Fournier</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Solaris 2.5.1-2.7</entry> <entry>Solaris 2.5.1-2.7</entry>
<entry>Sparc</entry> <entry>Sparc</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-12</entry> <entry>2000-04-12</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:peter_e@gmx.net">Peter Eisentraut</ulink>, <entry><ulink url="mailto:peter_e@gmx.net">Peter Eisentraut</ulink>,
<ulink url="mailto:scrappy@hub.org">Marc Fournier</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:scrappy@hub.org">Marc Fournier</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>SunOS 4.1.4</entry> <entry>SunOS 4.1.4</entry>
<entry>Sparc</entry> <entry>Sparc</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-13</entry> <entry>2000-04-13</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink>)</entry> <entry><ulink url="mailto:t-ishii@sra.co.jp">Tatsuo Ishii</ulink></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>SVR4</entry>
<entry>MIPS</entry>
<entry>v6.4</entry>
<entry>1998-10-28</entry>
<entry>No 64-bit int compiler support
(<ulink url="mailto:ridderbusch.pad@sni.de">Frank Ridderbusch</ulink>)</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Windows/Win32</entry> <entry>Windows/Win32</entry>
@ -215,15 +206,15 @@
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-04-02</entry> <entry>2000-04-02</entry>
<entry>Client-side libraries or ODBC/JDBC. No server-side. <entry>Client-side libraries or ODBC/JDBC. No server-side.
(<ulink url="mha@sollentuna.net">Magnus Hagander</ulink></entry> <ulink url="mha@sollentuna.net">Magnus Hagander</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>WinNT/Cygwin</entry> <entry>WinNT/Cygwin</entry>
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry> <entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-03-30</entry> <entry>2000-03-30</entry>
<entry>Working with the Cygwin library. <entry>Uses Cygwin library.
(<ulink url="mailto:horak@sit.plzen-city.cz">Daniel Horak</ulink>) </entry> <ulink url="mailto:horak@sit.plzen-city.cz">Daniel Horak</ulink>) </entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
</tgroup> </tgroup>
@ -235,7 +226,8 @@
For <productname>Windows NT</productname>, For <productname>Windows NT</productname>,
the server-side port of <productname>Postgres</productname> uses the server-side port of <productname>Postgres</productname> uses
the RedHat/Cygnus <productname>Cygwin</productname> library and the RedHat/Cygnus <productname>Cygwin</productname> library and
toolset. toolset. For <productname>Windows 9x</productname>, no
server-side port is available due to OS limitations.
</para> </para>
</note> </note>
</sect1> </sect1>
@ -256,7 +248,7 @@
tested for v7.0 or v6.5.x: tested for v7.0 or v6.5.x:
<table tocentry="1"> <table tocentry="1">
<title>Obsolete Platforms</title> <title>Unsupported Platforms</title>
<tgroup cols="4"> <tgroup cols="4">
<thead> <thead>
<row> <row>
@ -268,40 +260,57 @@
</row> </row>
</thead> </thead>
<tbody> <tbody>
<row>
<entry>BeOS</entry>
<entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v7.0</entry>
<entry>2000-05-01</entry>
<entry>Client-side coming soon?
<ulink url="mailto:adam@newsnipple.com">Adam Haberlach</ulink></entry>
</row>
<row> <row>
<entry>DGUX 5.4R4.11</entry> <entry>DGUX 5.4R4.11</entry>
<entry>m88k</entry> <entry>m88k</entry>
<entry>v6.3</entry> <entry>v6.3</entry>
<entry>1998-03-01</entry> <entry>1998-03-01</entry>
<entry>v6.4 probably OK. Needs new maintainer. <entry>v6.4 probably OK. Needs new maintainer.
(<ulink url="mailto:geek+@cmu.edu">Brian E Gallew</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:geek+@cmu.edu">Brian E Gallew</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>NetBSD-current</entry> <entry>NetBSD-current</entry>
<entry>NS32532</entry> <entry>NS32532</entry>
<entry>v6.4</entry> <entry>v6.4</entry>
<entry>1998-10-27</entry> <entry>1998-10-27</entry>
<entry>small problems in date/time math <entry>Date math annoyances.
(<ulink url="mailto:jonb@metronet.com">Jon Buller</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:jonb@metronet.com">Jon Buller</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>NetBSD 1.3</entry> <entry>NetBSD 1.3</entry>
<entry>VAX</entry> <entry>VAX</entry>
<entry>v6.3</entry> <entry>v6.3</entry>
<entry>1998-03-01</entry> <entry>1998-03-01</entry>
<entry>(<ulink url="mailto:tih@kpnQwest.no">Tom I Helbekkmo</ulink>)</entry> <entry>v7.0 should work.
<ulink url="mailto:tih@kpnQwest.no">Tom I Helbekkmo</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>SVR4 4.4</entry> <entry>SVR4 4.4</entry>
<entry>m88k</entry> <entry>m88k</entry>
<entry>v6.2.1</entry> <entry>v6.2.1</entry>
<entry>1998-03-01</entry> <entry>1998-03-01</entry>
<entry>Confirmed with patching; v6.4.x will need TAS spinlock code <entry>v6.4.x will need TAS spinlock code.
(<ulink url="mailto:dlw@seavme.xroads.com">Doug Winterburn</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:dlw@seavme.xroads.com">Doug Winterburn</ulink></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>SVR4</entry>
<entry>MIPS</entry>
<entry>v6.4</entry>
<entry>1998-10-28</entry>
<entry>No 64-bit int.
<ulink url="mailto:ridderbusch.pad@sni.de">Frank Ridderbusch</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<entry>Ultrix</entry> <entry>Ultrix</entry>
<entry>MIPS,VAX?</entry> <entry>MIPS, VAX</entry>
<entry>v6.x</entry> <entry>v6.x</entry>
<entry>1998-03-01</entry> <entry>1998-03-01</entry>
<entry>No recent reports; obsolete?</entry> <entry>No recent reports; obsolete?</entry>
@ -342,8 +351,8 @@
<entry>x86</entry> <entry>x86</entry>
<entry>v6.x</entry> <entry>v6.x</entry>
<entry>1998-03-01</entry> <entry>1998-03-01</entry>
<entry>Client-only support; v1.0.9 worked with patches (<ulink <entry>Client-only support; v1.0.9 worked with patches
url="mailto:dave@turbocat.de">David Wetzel</ulink>)</entry> <ulink url="mailto:dave@turbocat.de">David Wetzel</ulink></entry>
</row> </row>
</tbody> </tbody>
</tgroup> </tgroup>

172
doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml,v 1.35 2000/03/31 03:26:21 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml,v 1.36 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN" [ <!doctype book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN" [
@ -93,6 +93,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml,v 1.35 2000/03/31 03:26:21 th
<!entity arch-dev SYSTEM "arch-dev.sgml"> <!entity arch-dev SYSTEM "arch-dev.sgml">
<!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml"> <!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml">
<!entity bki SYSTEM "bki.sgml"> <!entity bki SYSTEM "bki.sgml">
<!entity catalogs SYSTEM "catalogs.sgml">
<!entity compiler SYSTEM "compiler.sgml"> <!entity compiler SYSTEM "compiler.sgml">
<!entity contacts SYSTEM "contacts.sgml"> <!entity contacts SYSTEM "contacts.sgml">
<!entity cvs SYSTEM "cvs.sgml"> <!entity cvs SYSTEM "cvs.sgml">
@ -106,27 +107,28 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml,v 1.35 2000/03/31 03:26:21 th
<!entity sources SYSTEM "sources.sgml"> <!entity sources SYSTEM "sources.sgml">
]> ]>
<!-- entity manpages SYSTEM "man/manpages.sgml" subdoc --> <!-- entity manpages SYSTEM "man/manpages.sgml" subdoc -->
<Book Id="postgres">
<book id="postgres">
<!-- Title information --> <!-- Title information -->
<Title>PostgreSQL</Title> <title>PostgreSQL</title>
<BookInfo> <bookinfo>
<ReleaseInfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</ReleaseInfo> <releaseinfo>Covering v7.0 for general release</releaseinfo>
<BookBiblio> <bookbiblio>
<AuthorGroup> <authorgroup>
<CorpAuthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</CorpAuthor> <corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor>
</AuthorGroup> </authorgroup>
<!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported <!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported
<AuthorGroup> <AuthorGroup>
--> -->
<Editor> <editor>
<FirstName>Thomas</FirstName> <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
<SurName>Lockhart</SurName> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
<Affiliation> <affiliation>
<OrgName>Caltech/JPL</OrgName> <orgname>Caltech/JPL</orgname>
</Affiliation> </affiliation>
</Editor> </editor>
<!-- <!--
</AuthorGroup> </AuthorGroup>
--> -->
@ -135,17 +137,17 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml,v 1.35 2000/03/31 03:26:21 th
<AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials> <AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials>
--> -->
<Date>(last updated 1999-06-01)</Date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</BookBiblio> </bookbiblio>
<LegalNotice> <legalnotice>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is Copyright &copy; 1996-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</Para> </para>
</LegalNotice> </legalnotice>
</BookInfo> </bookinfo>
<!-- <!--
<TOC> </TOC> <TOC> </TOC>
@ -161,27 +163,27 @@ Your name here...
--> -->
<preface id="preface"> <preface id="preface">
<Title>Summary</Title> <title>Summary</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department, developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department,
pioneered many of the object-relational concepts pioneered many of the object-relational concepts
now becoming available in some commercial databases. now becoming available in some commercial databases.
It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support, It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support,
transaction integrity, and type extensibility. transaction integrity, and type extensibility.
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is an <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is an
open-source descendant of this original Berkeley code. open-source descendant of this original Berkeley code.
</Para> </para>
</Preface> </preface>
<part Id="part-user"> <part id="part-user">
<Title>User's Guide</Title> <title>User's Guide</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
Information for users. Information for users.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
&intro; &intro;
&syntax; &syntax;
@ -202,15 +204,15 @@ Your name here...
&plan; &plan;
&populate; &populate;
&commands; &commands;
</Part> </part>
<part Id="part-admin"> <part id="part-admin">
<Title>Administrator's Guide</Title> <title>Administrator's Guide</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
Installation and maintenance information. Installation and maintenance information.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
<!-- <!--
Disable these extra intro chapters since some elements (e.g. y2k Disable these extra intro chapters since some elements (e.g. y2k
statement) are included in the first intro.sgml and cause errors if statement) are included in the first intro.sgml and cause errors if
@ -230,15 +232,15 @@ Your name here...
&recovery; &recovery;
&regress; &regress;
&release; &release;
</Part> </part>
<part Id="part-programmer"> <part id="part-programmer">
<Title>Programmer's Guide</Title> <title>Programmer's Guide</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
Information for extending <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>. Information for extending <productname>Postgres</productname>.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
<!-- <!--
Disable these extra intro chapters since some elements (e.g. y2k Disable these extra intro chapters since some elements (e.g. y2k
statement) are included in the first intro.sgml and cause errors if statement) are included in the first intro.sgml and cause errors if
@ -259,15 +261,15 @@ Your name here...
&trigger; &trigger;
&spi; &spi;
&xplang; &xplang;
</Part> </part>
<part Id="part-interfaces"> <part id="part-interfaces">
<Title>Interfaces</Title> <title>Interfaces</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
User and programmer interfaces. User and programmer interfaces.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
&func-ref; &func-ref;
&lobj; &lobj;
&ecpg; &ecpg;
@ -278,48 +280,54 @@ Your name here...
&odbc; &odbc;
&jdbc; &jdbc;
&lisp; &lisp;
</Part> </part>
<part Id="part-developer"> <part id="part-developer">
<Title>Developer's Guide</Title> <title>Developer's Guide</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
The Developer's Guide includes discussion of design decisions and The Developer's Guide includes discussion of design decisions and
suggestions for future development. suggestions for future development.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
&sources; &sources;
&arch-dev; &arch-dev;
&options; &options;
&geqo; &geqo;
<!--
This listing of Postgres catalogs is currently just a copy of the old
man page. It is not up to date and has not been marked up for SGML.
- thomas 2000-04-20
&catalogs;
-->
&protocol; &protocol;
&signals; &signals;
&compiler; &compiler;
&bki; &bki;
&page; &page;
</Part> </part>
<part Id="part-tutorial"> <part id="part-tutorial">
<Title>Tutorial</Title> <title>Tutorial</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
Introduction for new users. Introduction for new users.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
&sql; &sql;
&arch; &arch;
&start; &start;
&query; &query;
&advanced; &advanced;
</Part> </part>
<part Id="part-appendix"> <part id="part-appendix">
<Title>Appendices</Title> <title>Appendices</title>
<PartIntro> <partintro>
<Para> <para>
Additional related information. Additional related information.
</Para> </para>
</PartIntro> </partintro>
&datetime; &datetime;
&cvs; &cvs;
@ -328,7 +336,7 @@ Your name here...
&contacts; &contacts;
--> -->
&biblio; &biblio;
</Part> </part>
<!-- <!--
Omit index until we have some index entries. Omit index until we have some index entries.
@ -337,7 +345,7 @@ Omit index until we have some index entries.
</index> </index>
--> -->
</Book> </book>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file <!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables: Local variables:

87
doc/src/sgml/problems.sgml
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
<title>Identifying Bugs</title> <title>Identifying Bugs</title>
<para> <para>
Before you ask <quote>Is this a bug?</quote>, please read and re-read the Before you ask "Is this a bug?", please read and re-read the
documentation to verify that you can really do whatever it is you are documentation to verify that you can really do whatever it is you are
trying. If it is not clear from the documentation whether you can do trying. If it is not clear from the documentation whether you can do
something or not, please report that too; it's a bug in the documentation. something or not, please report that too; it's a bug in the documentation.
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
<para> <para>
A program terminates with a fatal signal or an operating system A program terminates with a fatal signal or an operating system
error message that would point to a problem in the program (a error message that would point to a problem in the program (a
counterexample might be a <quote>disk full</quote> message, counterexample might be a "disk full" message,
since that must be fixed outside of <productname>Postgres</productname>). since that must be fixed outside of <productname>Postgres</productname>).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
</listitem> </listitem>
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
Here <quote>program</quote> refers to any executable, not only the backend server. Here "<literal>program</literal>" refers to any executable, not only the backend server.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
<para> <para>
The most important thing to remember about bug reporting is to state all The most important thing to remember about bug reporting is to state all
the facts and only facts. Do not speculate what you think went wrong, what the facts and only facts. Do not speculate what you think went wrong, what
<quote>it seemed to do</quote>, or which part of the program has a fault. "it seemed to do", or which part of the program has a fault.
If you are not familiar with the implementation you would probably guess If you are not familiar with the implementation you would probably guess
wrong and not help us a bit. And even if you are, educated explanations are wrong and not help us a bit. And even if you are, educated explanations are
a great supplement to but no substitute for facts. If we are going to fix a great supplement to but no substitute for facts. If we are going to fix
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
Reporting the bare facts Reporting the bare facts
is relatively straightforward (you can probably copy and paste them from the is relatively straightforward (you can probably copy and paste them from the
screen) but all too often important details are left out because someone screen) but all too often important details are left out because someone
thought it doesn't matter or the report would <quote>ring a bell</quote> thought it doesn't matter or the report would be understood
anyway. anyway.
</para> </para>
@ -134,14 +134,15 @@
please try to isolate the offending queries. We probably won't set up a please try to isolate the offending queries. We probably won't set up a
web server to reproduce your problem. In any case remember to provide web server to reproduce your problem. In any case remember to provide
the exact input files, do not guess that the problem happens for the exact input files, do not guess that the problem happens for
<quote>large files</quote> or <quote>mid-size databases</quote>, etc. "large files" or "mid-size databases", etc. since this
information is too inexact to be of use.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
The output you got. Please do not say that it <quote>didn't work</quote> or The output you got. Please do not say that it "didn't work" or
<quote>failed</quote>. If there is an error message, "failed". If there is an error message,
show it, even if you don't understand it. If the program terminates with show it, even if you don't understand it. If the program terminates with
an operating system error, say which. If nothing at all happens, say so. an operating system error, say which. If nothing at all happens, say so.
Even if the result of your test case is a program crash or otherwise obvious Even if the result of your test case is a program crash or otherwise obvious
@ -161,12 +162,12 @@
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
The output you expected is very important to state. If you just write The output you expected is very important to state. If you just write
<quote>This command gives me that output.</quote> or <quote>This is not "This command gives me that output." or "This is not
what I expected.</quote>, we might run it ourselves, scan the output, and what I expected.", we might run it ourselves, scan the output, and
think it looks okay and is exactly what we expected. We shouldn't have to think it looks okay and is exactly what we expected. We shouldn't have to
spend the time to decode the exact semantics behind your commands. spend the time to decode the exact semantics behind your commands.
Especially refrain from merely saying that <quote>This is not what SQL says/Oracle Especially refrain from merely saying that "This is not what SQL says/Oracle
does.</quote> Digging out the correct behavior from <acronym>SQL</acronym> does." Digging out the correct behavior from <acronym>SQL</acronym>
is not a fun undertaking, nor do we all know how all the other relational is not a fun undertaking, nor do we all know how all the other relational
databases out there behave. (If your problem is a program crash you can databases out there behave. (If your problem is a program crash you can
obviously omit this item.) obviously omit this item.)
@ -191,14 +192,15 @@
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
The PostgreSQL version. You can run the command The <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> version. You can run the command
<literal>SELECT version();</literal> to <literal>SELECT version();</literal> to
find out. If this function does not exist, say so, then we know that find out what version you are currently running.
If this function does not exist, say so, then we know that
your version is old enough. If you can't start up the server or a your version is old enough. If you can't start up the server or a
client, look into the README file in the source directory or at the client, look into the README file in the source directory or at the
name of your distribution file or package name. If your version is older name of your distribution file or package name. If your version is older
than 6.5 we will almost certainly tell you to upgrade. There are tons than 7.0 we will almost certainly tell you to upgrade. There are tons
of bugs in old versions, that's why we write new ones. of bug fixes in each new version, that's why we write them.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
If you run a pre-packaged version, such as RPMs, say so, including any If you run a pre-packaged version, such as RPMs, say so, including any
@ -212,7 +214,7 @@
Platform information. This includes the kernel name and version, C library, Platform information. This includes the kernel name and version, C library,
processor, memory information. In most cases it is sufficient to report processor, memory information. In most cases it is sufficient to report
the vendor and version, but do not assume everyone knows what exactly the vendor and version, but do not assume everyone knows what exactly
<quote>Debian</quote> contains or that everyone runs on Pentiums. If "Debian" contains or that everyone runs on Pentiums. If
you have installation problems information about compilers, make, etc. you have installation problems information about compilers, make, etc.
is also necessary. is also necessary.
</para> </para>
@ -235,12 +237,12 @@
<para> <para>
When writing a bug report, please choose non-confusing terminology. When writing a bug report, please choose non-confusing terminology.
The software package as such is called <quote>PostgreSQL</quote>, The software package as such is called "PostgreSQL",
sometimes <quote>Postgres</quote> for short. (Sometimes sometimes "Postgres" for short. (Sometimes
the abbreviation <quote>Pgsql</quote> is used but don't do that.) When you the abbreviation "Pgsql" is used but don't do that.) When you
are specifically talking about the backend server, mention that, don't are specifically talking about the backend server, mention that, don't
just say <quote>Postgres crashes</quote>. The interactive frontend is called just say "Postgres crashes". The interactive frontend is called
<quote>psql</quote> and is for all intends and purposes completely separate "psql" and is for all intends and purposes completely separate
from the backend. from the backend.
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -249,35 +251,49 @@
<title>Where to report bugs</title> <title>Where to report bugs</title>
<para> <para>
In general, send bug reports to &lt;pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org&gt;. You are In general, send bug reports to
invited to find a descriptive subject for your email message, perhaps parts <ulink url="mailto:pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org">the bug report
of the error message. mailing list</ulink>.
You are invited to find a descriptive subject for your email
message, perhaps parts of the error message.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Do not send bug reports to any of the user mailing lists, such as Do not send bug reports to any of the user mailing lists, such as
pgsql-sql or pgsql-general. These mailing lists are for answering
user questions, their subscribers normally do not wish to receive <ulink url="mailto:pgsql-sql@postgresql.org">the SQL language
mailing list</ulink>
or
<ulink url="mailto:pgsql-general@postgresql.org">the general topics
mailing list</ulink>.
These mailing lists are for answering
user questions and their subscribers normally do not wish to receive
bug reports. More importantly, they are unlikely to fix them. bug reports. More importantly, they are unlikely to fix them.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Also, please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> send reports to Also, please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> send reports to
&lt;pgsql-hackers@postgresql.org&gt;. This list is for discussing the <ulink url="mailto:pgsql-hackers@postgresql.org">the developers'
development of <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, it would be nice mailing list</ulink>.
if we could keep the bug reports separate. We might choose take up a This list is for discussing the
development of <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> and it would be nice
if we could keep the bug reports separate. We might choose to take up a
discussion discussion
about your bug report on it, if the bug needs more review. about your bug report on it, if the bug needs more review.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
If you have a problem with the documentation, send email to If you have a problem with the documentation, send email to
&lt;pgsql-docs@postgresql.org&gt;. Refer to the document, chapter, and sections. <ulink url="mailto:pgsql-docs@postgresql.org">the documentation
mailing list</ulink>.
Mention the document, chapter, and sections in your problem report.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
If your bug is a portability problem on a non-supported platform, send If your bug is a portability problem on a non-supported platform,
mail to &lt;pgsql-ports@postgresql.org&gt;, so we (and you) can work on send mail to
<ulink url="mailto:pgsql-ports@postgresql.org">the porting issues mail list</ulink>,
so we (and you) can work on
porting <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> to your platform. porting <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> to your platform.
</para> </para>
@ -287,10 +303,11 @@
email addresses are closed mailing lists. That is, you need to be email addresses are closed mailing lists. That is, you need to be
subscribed to them in order to be allowed to post. If you simply subscribed to them in order to be allowed to post. If you simply
want to send mail but do not want to receive list traffic, you can want to send mail but do not want to receive list traffic, you can
subscribe to the special pgsql-loophole <quote>list</quote>, which subscribe to the special pgsql-loophole mailing list, which
allows you to post to all <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> allows you to post to all <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>
mailing lists without receiving any messages. Send email to mailing lists without receiving any messages. Send email to
&lt;pgsql-loophole-request@postgresql.org&gt; to subscribe. <ulink url="mailto:pgsql-loophole-request@postgresql.org">pgsql-loophole-request@postgresql.org</ulink>
to subscribe.
</para> </para>
</note> </note>
</sect2> </sect2>

57
doc/src/sgml/programmer.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/programmer.sgml,v 1.25 2000/03/31 03:26:21 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/programmer.sgml,v 1.26 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
Postgres Programmer's Guide. Postgres Programmer's Guide.
--> -->
@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ Postgres Programmer's Guide.
<!entity arch-dev SYSTEM "arch-dev.sgml"> <!entity arch-dev SYSTEM "arch-dev.sgml">
<!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml"> <!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml">
<!entity bki SYSTEM "bki.sgml"> <!entity bki SYSTEM "bki.sgml">
<!entity catalogs SYSTEM "catalogs.sgml">
<!entity compiler SYSTEM "compiler.sgml"> <!entity compiler SYSTEM "compiler.sgml">
<!entity contacts SYSTEM "contacts.sgml"> <!entity contacts SYSTEM "contacts.sgml">
<!entity cvs SYSTEM "cvs.sgml"> <!entity cvs SYSTEM "cvs.sgml">
@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ Postgres Programmer's Guide.
<title>PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide</title> <title>PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide</title>
<bookinfo> <bookinfo>
<releaseinfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</releaseinfo> <releaseinfo>Covering v7.0 for general release</releaseinfo>
<bookbiblio> <bookbiblio>
<authorgroup> <authorgroup>
<corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor> <corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor>
@ -85,13 +86,13 @@ Postgres Programmer's Guide.
<AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials> <AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials>
--> -->
<date>(last updated 1999-06-19)</date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</bookbiblio> </bookbiblio>
<legalnotice> <legalnotice>
<para> <para>
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</para> </para>
</legalnotice> </legalnotice>
@ -148,29 +149,35 @@ Disable it until we put in some info.
&func-ref; &func-ref;
--> -->
&trigger; &trigger;
&spi; &spi;
&lobj; &lobj;
&libpq; &libpq;
&libpqpp; &libpqpp;
&libpgtcl; &libpgtcl;
&libpgeasy; &libpgeasy;
&ecpg; &ecpg;
&odbc; &odbc;
&jdbc; &jdbc;
&lisp; &lisp;
<!-- development --> <!-- development -->
&sources; &sources;
&arch-dev; &arch-dev;
&options; &options;
&geqo; &geqo;
&protocol; <!--
&signals; This listing of Postgres catalogs is currently just a copy of the old
&compiler; man page. It is not up to date and has not been marked up for SGML.
&bki; - thomas 2000-04-20
&page; &catalogs;
-->
&protocol;
&signals;
&compiler;
&bki;
&page;
<!-- appendices --> <!-- appendices -->

8
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml,v 1.13 2000/03/27 17:14:42 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml,v 1.14 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ CREATE DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ WITH LOCATIO
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term><computeroutput>ERROR: Unable to create database directory 'xxx'.</computeroutput></term> <term><computeroutput>ERROR: Unable to create database directory '<replaceable>path</replaceable>'.</computeroutput></term>
<term><computeroutput>ERROR: Could not initialize database directory.</computeroutput></term> <term><computeroutput>ERROR: Could not initialize database directory.</computeroutput></term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ CREATE DATABASE <replaceable class="PARAMETER">name</replaceable> [ WITH LOCATIO
<para> <para>
An alternate location can be specified in order to, An alternate location can be specified in order to,
for example, store the database on a different disk. for example, store the database on a different disk.
The path must have been prepared with the <xref The path must have been prepared with the
linkend="APP-INITLOCATION" endterm="APP-INITLOCATION-title"> <xref linkend="APP-INITLOCATION" endterm="APP-INITLOCATION-title">
command. command.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>

12
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml,v 1.12 2000/04/23 02:08:33 tgl Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_index.sgml,v 1.13 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -227,6 +227,11 @@ ERROR: Cannot create index: 'index_name' already exists.
access methods). access methods).
</para> </para>
<para>
Use <xref linkend="sql-dropindex-title" endterm="sql-dropindex-title">
to remove an index.
</para>
<refsect2 id="R2-SQL-CREATEINDEX-3"> <refsect2 id="R2-SQL-CREATEINDEX-3">
<refsect2info> <refsect2info>
<date>1998-09-09</date> <date>1998-09-09</date>
@ -339,11 +344,6 @@ SELECT am.amname AS acc_name,
</refsect2> </refsect2>
</refsect1> </refsect1>
<para>
Use <xref linkend="sql-dropindex-title" endterm="sql-dropindex-title">
to remove an index.
</para>
<refsect1 id="R1-SQL-CREATEINDEX-2"> <refsect1 id="R1-SQL-CREATEINDEX-2">
<title> <title>
Usage Usage

66
doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml,v 1.28 2000/04/15 23:29:58 momjian Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml,v 1.29 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -905,13 +905,12 @@ ERROR: Cannot insert a duplicate key into a unique index.
REFERENCES Constraint REFERENCES Constraint
</title> </title>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> ] REFERENCES [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> ] REFERENCES <replaceable class="parameter">reftable</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class="parameter">refcolumn</replaceable> ) ]
<replaceable class="parameter">reftable</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class="parameter">refcolumn</replaceable> ) ] [ MATCH <replaceable class="parameter">matchtype</replaceable> ]
[ MATCH <replaceable class="parameter">matchtype</replaceable> ] [ ON DELETE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ]
[ ON DELETE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ] [ ON UPDATE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ]
[ ON UPDATE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ INITIALLY <replaceable class="parameter">checktime</replaceable> ]
[ INITIALLY <replaceable class="parameter">checktime</replaceable> ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
<para> <para>
The REFERENCES constraint specifies a rule that a column The REFERENCES constraint specifies a rule that a column
@ -1448,14 +1447,13 @@ CREATE TABLE distributors (
REFERENCES Constraint REFERENCES Constraint
</title> </title>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> ] [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable class="parameter">name</replaceable> ] FOREIGN KEY ( <replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [, ...] )
FOREIGN KEY ( <replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [, ...] ) REFERENCES REFERENCES <replaceable class="parameter">reftable</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class="parameter">refcolumn</replaceable> [, ...] ) ]
<replaceable class="parameter">reftable</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class="parameter">refcolumn</replaceable> [, ...] ) ] [ MATCH <replaceable class="parameter">matchtype</replaceable> ]
[ MATCH <replaceable class="parameter">matchtype</replaceable> ] [ ON DELETE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ]
[ ON DELETE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ] [ ON UPDATE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ]
[ ON UPDATE <replaceable class="parameter">action</replaceable> ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ INITIALLY <replaceable class="parameter">checktime</replaceable> ]
[ INITIALLY <replaceable class="parameter">checktime</replaceable> ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
<para> <para>
The REFERENCES constraint specifies a rule that a column value is The REFERENCES constraint specifies a rule that a column value is
@ -1901,7 +1899,7 @@ CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE actors (
Table Constraint definition: Table Constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] UNIQUE ( column [, ...] ) [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] UNIQUE ( <replaceable>column</replaceable> [, ...] )
[ { INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE } ] [ { INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE } ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -1911,7 +1909,7 @@ CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE actors (
Column Constraint definition: Column Constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] UNIQUE [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] UNIQUE
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -1928,7 +1926,7 @@ CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE actors (
included for symmetry with the NOT NULL clause. Since it is the included for symmetry with the NOT NULL clause. Since it is the
default for any column, its presence is simply noise. default for any column, its presence is simply noise.
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] NULL [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] NULL
</synopsis> </synopsis>
</para> </para>
</refsect3> </refsect3>
@ -1941,7 +1939,7 @@ CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE actors (
SQL92 specifies some additional capabilities for NOT NULL: SQL92 specifies some additional capabilities for NOT NULL:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] NOT NULL [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] NOT NULL
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -1965,9 +1963,7 @@ the column. Not our problem...
or a domain. or a domain.
</para> </para>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
DEFAULT niladic USER function | DEFAULT niladic_user_function | niladic_datetime_function | NULL
niladic datetime function |
NULL
</synopsis> </synopsis>
</refsect3> </refsect3>
--> -->
@ -1994,7 +1990,7 @@ the column. Not our problem...
as an alternate method for defining a constraint: as an alternate method for defining a constraint:
</para> </para>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
CREATE ASSERTION name CHECK ( condition ) CREATE ASSERTION <replaceable>name</replaceable> CHECK ( <replaceable>condition</replaceable> )
</synopsis> </synopsis>
<para> <para>
@ -2005,7 +2001,7 @@ CREATE ASSERTION name CHECK ( condition )
Domain constraint: Domain constraint:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] CHECK constraint [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] CHECK <replaceable>constraint</replaceable>
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -2015,7 +2011,7 @@ CREATE ASSERTION name CHECK ( condition )
Table constraint definition: Table constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] { PRIMARY KEY ( <replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable>, ... ) | FOREIGN KEY constraint | UNIQUE constraint | CHECK constraint } [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] { PRIMARY KEY ( <replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable>, ... ) | FOREIGN KEY <replaceable>constraint</replaceable> | UNIQUE <replaceable>constraint</replaceable> | CHECK <replaceable>constraint</replaceable> }
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -2025,7 +2021,7 @@ CREATE ASSERTION name CHECK ( condition )
Column constraint definition: Column constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] { NOT NULL | PRIMARY KEY | FOREIGN KEY constraint | UNIQUE | CHECK constraint } [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] { NOT NULL | PRIMARY KEY | FOREIGN KEY <replaceable>constraint</replaceable> | UNIQUE | CHECK <replaceable>constraint</replaceable> }
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -2067,8 +2063,8 @@ CREATE ASSERTION name CHECK ( condition )
<term>INITIALLY IMMEDIATE</term> <term>INITIALLY IMMEDIATE</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Check constraint only at the end of the transaction. This Check constraint only at the end of the transaction. This
is the default is the default
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2076,7 +2072,7 @@ CREATE ASSERTION name CHECK ( condition )
<term>INITIALLY DEFERRED</term> <term>INITIALLY DEFERRED</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Check constraint after each statement. Check constraint after each statement.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2106,7 +2102,7 @@ affect a column or a table.
<para> <para>
table constraint definition: table constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] CHECK ( VALUE condition ) [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] CHECK ( VALUE <replaceable>condition</replaceable> )
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -2115,7 +2111,7 @@ affect a column or a table.
<para> <para>
column constraint definition: column constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] CHECK ( VALUE condition ) [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] CHECK ( VALUE <replaceable>condition</replaceable> )
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -2125,7 +2121,7 @@ affect a column or a table.
domain constraint definition: domain constraint definition:
</para> </para>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] [ CONSTRAINT name]
CHECK ( VALUE condition ) CHECK ( VALUE condition )
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
@ -2154,7 +2150,7 @@ ALTER DOMAIN cities
<para> <para>
Table Constraint definition: Table Constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] PRIMARY KEY ( column [, ...] ) [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] PRIMARY KEY ( <replaceable>column</replaceable> [, ...] )
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
@ -2162,7 +2158,7 @@ ALTER DOMAIN cities
<para> <para>
Column Constraint definition: Column Constraint definition:
<synopsis> <synopsis>
[ CONSTRAINT name ] PRIMARY KEY [ CONSTRAINT <replaceable>name</replaceable> ] PRIMARY KEY
[ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ] [ {INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE} ]
[ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>

12
doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml,v 1.10 2000/03/27 17:14:43 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml,v 1.11 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ Postgres documentation
</refsynopsisdivinfo> </refsynopsisdivinfo>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
initdb [ --pgdata|-D <replaceable class="parameter">dbdir</replaceable> ] initdb [ --pgdata|-D <replaceable class="parameter">dbdir</replaceable> ]
[ --sysid|-i <replaceable class="parameter">sysid</replaceable> ] [ --sysid|-i <replaceable class="parameter">sysid</replaceable> ]
[ --pwprompt|-W ] [ --pwprompt|-W ]
[ --encoding|-E <replaceable class="parameter">encoding</replaceable> ] [ --encoding|-E <replaceable class="parameter">encoding</replaceable> ]
[ --pglib|-L <replaceable class="parameter">libdir</replaceable> ] [ --pglib|-L <replaceable class="parameter">libdir</replaceable> ]
[ --noclean | -n ] [ --debug | -d ] [ --template | -t ] [ --noclean | -n ] [ --debug | -d ] [ --template | -t ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
<refsect2 id="R2-APP-INITDB-1"> <refsect2 id="R2-APP-INITDB-1">

5
doc/src/sgml/ref/pgctl-ref.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/Attic/pgctl-ref.sgml,v 1.1 2000/04/08 02:16:26 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/Attic/pgctl-ref.sgml,v 1.2 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ Postgres documentation
<synopsis> <synopsis>
pg_ctl [-w] [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>][-p <replaceable class="parameter">path</replaceable>] [-o "<replaceable class="parameter">options</replaceable>"] start pg_ctl [-w] [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>][-p <replaceable class="parameter">path</replaceable>] [-o "<replaceable class="parameter">options</replaceable>"] start
pg_ctl [-w] [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>] [-m [s[mart]|f[ast]|i[mmediate]]] stop pg_ctl [-w] [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>] [-m [s[mart]|f[ast]|i[mmediate]]] stop
pg_ctl [-w] [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>] [-m [s[mart]|f[ast]|i[mmediate]] [-o "<replaceable class="parameter">options</replaceable>"] restart pg_ctl [-w] [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>] [-m [s[mart]|f[ast]|i[mmediate]]
[-o "<replaceable class="parameter">options</replaceable>"] restart
pg_ctl [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>] status pg_ctl [-D <replaceable class="parameter">datadir</replaceable>] status
</synopsis> </synopsis>

6
doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml,v 1.8 2000/03/26 07:04:54 tgl Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/postmaster.sgml,v 1.9 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ Postgres documentation
</refsynopsisdivinfo> </refsynopsisdivinfo>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
postmaster [ -B <replaceable class="parameter">nBuffers</replaceable> ] [ -D <replaceable class="parameter">DataDir</replaceable> ] [ -N <replaceable class="parameter">maxBackends</replaceable> ] [ -S ] postmaster [ -B <replaceable class="parameter">nBuffers</replaceable> ] [ -D <replaceable class="parameter">DataDir</replaceable> ] [ -N <replaceable class="parameter">maxBackends</replaceable> ] [ -S ]
[ -d <replaceable class="parameter">DebugLevel</replaceable> ] [ -i ] [ -l ] [ -d <replaceable class="parameter">DebugLevel</replaceable> ] [ -i ] [ -l ]
[ -o <replaceable class="parameter">BackendOptions</replaceable> ] [ -p <replaceable class="parameter">port</replaceable> ] [ -n | -s ] [ -o <replaceable class="parameter">BackendOptions</replaceable> ] [ -p <replaceable class="parameter">port</replaceable> ] [ -n | -s ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
<refsect2 id="R2-APP-POSTMASTER-1"> <refsect2 id="R2-APP-POSTMASTER-1">

40
doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml,v 1.8 2000/03/27 17:14:43 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml,v 1.9 2000/05/02 20:02:03 thomas Exp $
Postgres documentation Postgres documentation
--> -->
@ -23,8 +23,9 @@ Postgres documentation
<date>1999-12-04</date> <date>1999-12-04</date>
</refsynopsisdivinfo> </refsynopsisdivinfo>
<synopsis> <synopsis>
vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ --analyze | -z ] [ --alldb | -a ] [ --verbose | -v ] vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">options</replaceable> ] [ --analyze | -z ]
[ --table '<replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [,...] ) ]' ] [ [-d] <replaceable class="parameter">dbname</replaceable> ] [ --alldb | -a ] [ --verbose | -v ]
[ --table '<replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> [ ( <replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [,...] ) ]' ] [ [-d] <replaceable class="parameter">dbname</replaceable> ]
</synopsis> </synopsis>
<refsect2 id="R2-APP-VACUUMDB-1"> <refsect2 id="R2-APP-VACUUMDB-1">
@ -39,7 +40,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
<variablelist> <variablelist>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>[-d, --dbname] <replaceable class="parameter">dbname</replaceable></term> <term>-d <replaceable class="parameter">dbname</replaceable></term>
<term>--dbname <replaceable class="parameter">dbname</replaceable></term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the name of the database to be cleaned or analyzed. Specifies the name of the database to be cleaned or analyzed.
@ -48,7 +50,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-z, --analyze</term> <term>-z</term>
<term>--analyze</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Calculate statistics on the database for use by the optimizer. Calculate statistics on the database for use by the optimizer.
@ -57,7 +60,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-a, --alldb</term> <term>-a</term>
<term>--alldb</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Vacuum all databases. Vacuum all databases.
@ -66,7 +70,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-v, --verbose</term> <term>-v</term>
<term>--verbose</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Print detailed information during processing. Print detailed information during processing.
@ -75,7 +80,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-t, --table <replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> [ (<replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [,...]) ]</term> <term>-t <replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> [ (<replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [,...]) ]</term>
<term>--table <replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> [ (<replaceable class="parameter">column</replaceable> [,...]) ]</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Clean or analyze <replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> only. Clean or analyze <replaceable class="parameter">table</replaceable> only.
@ -100,7 +106,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
<variablelist> <variablelist>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-h, --host <replaceable class="parameter">host</replaceable></term> <term>-h <replaceable class="parameter">host</replaceable></term>
<term>--host <replaceable class="parameter">host</replaceable></term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the hostname of the machine on which the Specifies the hostname of the machine on which the
@ -111,7 +118,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-p, --port <replaceable class="parameter">port</replaceable></term> <term>-p <replaceable class="parameter">port</replaceable></term>
<term>--port <replaceable class="parameter">port</replaceable></term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the Internet TCP/IP port or local Unix domain socket file Specifies the Internet TCP/IP port or local Unix domain socket file
@ -122,7 +130,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-U, --username <replaceable class="parameter">username</replaceable></term> <term>-U <replaceable class="parameter">username</replaceable></term>
<term>--username <replaceable class="parameter">username</replaceable></term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Username to connect as. Username to connect as.
@ -131,7 +140,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-W, --password</term> <term>-W</term>
<term>--password</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Force password prompt. Force password prompt.
@ -140,7 +150,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-e, --echo</term> <term>-e</term>
<term>--echo</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Echo the commands that <application>vacuumdb</application> generates Echo the commands that <application>vacuumdb</application> generates
@ -150,7 +161,8 @@ vacuumdb [ <replaceable class="parameter">connection options</replaceable> ] [ -
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term>-q, --quiet</term> <term>-q</term>
<term>--quiet</term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Do not display a response. Do not display a response.

135
doc/src/sgml/reference.sgml
View File

@ -1,34 +1,8 @@
<!-- reference.sgml <!-- reference.sgml
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/reference.sgml,v 1.7 2000/03/30 22:22:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/reference.sgml,v 1.8 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
Postgres User's Reference documentation. Postgres User's Reference documentation.
- thomas 1998-08-31 - thomas 1998-08-31
$Log: reference.sgml,v $
Revision 1.7 2000/03/30 22:22:41 thomas
Accumulated fixups.
Add some chapters on new topics.
Change to referencing OASIS/Docbook v3.1 rather than Davenport/Docbook v3.0
Grepped for and fixed apparent tag mangling from emacs
"Normalize" operation. Should be the last of those.
Revision 1.6 1999/05/26 17:30:30 thomas
Add chapters on CVS access, MVCC, SQL theory to the docs.
Add an appendix with more details on date/time attributes and handling.
Update most references to Postgres version numbers to 6.5,
*except* for the porting list which will require a report
from a successful installation to be updated.
Revision 1.5 1998/10/31 09:36:37 thomas
Cleanup for v6.4 release.
Make new file current.sgml to hold release info for the current release.
Should be moved to release.sgml before filling with next release info.
Revision 1.4 1998/10/30 19:37:12 thomas
Minor editing and markup changes as a result of preparing the Postscript
documentation for v6.4.
Bigger updates to the installation instructions (install and config).
--> -->
<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN" [ <!doctype book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN" [
@ -40,24 +14,25 @@ Bigger updates to the installation instructions (install and config).
<!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml"> <!entity biblio SYSTEM "biblio.sgml">
<!entity contacts SYSTEM "contacts.sgml"> <!entity contacts SYSTEM "contacts.sgml">
]> ]>
<Book Id="reference">
<!-- Title information --> <book id="reference">
<Title>PostgreSQL Reference Manual</Title> <!-- Title information -->
<BookInfo>
<ReleaseInfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</ReleaseInfo> <title>PostgreSQL Reference Manual</title>
<BookBiblio> <bookinfo>
<AuthorGroup> <releaseinfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</releaseinfo>
<Author> <bookbiblio>
<FirstName>Jose</FirstName> <authorgroup>
<SurName>Soares Da Silva</SurName> <author>
</Author> <firstname>Jose</firstname>
<Author> <surname>Soares Da Silva</surname>
<FirstName>Oliver</FirstName> </author>
<SurName>Elphick</SurName> <author>
</Author> <firstname>Oliver</firstname>
</AuthorGroup> <surname>Elphick</surname>
</author>
</authorgroup>
<!-- <!--
<AuthorGroup> <AuthorGroup>
<CorpAuthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</CorpAuthor> <CorpAuthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</CorpAuthor>
@ -75,25 +50,25 @@ Bigger updates to the installation instructions (install and config).
</Affiliation> </Affiliation>
</Editor> </Editor>
--> -->
<Editor> <editor>
<FirstName>Oliver</FirstName> <firstname>Oliver</firstname>
<SurName>Elphick</SurName> <surname>Elphick</surname>
</Editor> </editor>
<!-- <!--
</AuthorGroup> </AuthorGroup>
--> -->
<Date>(last updated 1999-06-01)</Date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</BookBiblio> </bookbiblio>
<LegalNotice> <legalnotice>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is &copy; 1998-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is &copy; 1998-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</Para> </para>
</LegalNotice> </legalnotice>
</BookInfo> </bookinfo>
<!-- <!--
<TOC> </TOC> <TOC> </TOC>
@ -108,37 +83,53 @@ Your name here...
</Dedication> </Dedication>
--> -->
<Preface Id="preface"> <preface id="preface">
<Title>Summary</Title> <title>Summary</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department, developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department,
pioneered many of the object-relational concepts pioneered many of the object-relational concepts
now becoming available in some commercial databases. now becoming available in some commercial databases.
It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support, It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support,
transaction integrity, and type extensibility. transaction integrity, and type extensibility.
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is a public-domain, open source descendant <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is a public-domain, open source descendant
of this original Berkeley code. of this original Berkeley code.
</Para> </para>
</Preface> </preface>
<!-- <!--
&intro-ref; &intro-ref;
--> -->
&commands; &commands;
<!-- <!--
&contacts; &contacts;
--> -->
&biblio; &biblio;
<!-- <!--
<index Id="index"> <index Id="index">
</index> </index>
--> -->
</Book> </book>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

598
doc/src/sgml/regress.sgml
View File

@ -1,267 +1,314 @@
<Chapter Id="regress"> <chapter id="regress">
<Title id="regress-title">Regression Test</Title> <title id="regress-title">Regression Test</title>
<Abstract> <abstract>
<Para> <para>
Regression test instructions and analysis. Regression test instructions and analysis.
</Para> </para>
</Abstract> </abstract>
<Para> <para>
The PostgreSQL regression tests are a comprehensive set of tests for the The PostgreSQL regression tests are a comprehensive set of tests for the
SQL implementation embedded in PostgreSQL. They test standard SQL SQL implementation embedded in PostgreSQL. They test standard SQL
operations as well as the extended capabilities of PostgreSQL. operations as well as the extended capabilities of PostgreSQL.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
There are two different ways in which the regression tests can be run: There are two different ways in which the regression tests can be run:
the "sequential" method and the "parallel" method. The sequential method the "sequential" method and the "parallel" method. The sequential method
runs each test script in turn, whereas the parallel method starts up runs each test script in turn, whereas the parallel method starts up
multiple server processes to run groups of tests in parallel. Parallel multiple server processes to run groups of tests in parallel. Parallel
testing gives confidence that interprocess communication and locking testing gives confidence that interprocess communication and locking
are working correctly. Another key difference is that the sequential are working correctly. Another key difference is that the sequential
test procedure uses an already-installed postmaster, whereas the test procedure uses an already-installed postmaster, whereas the
parallel test procedure tests a system that has been built but not yet parallel test procedure tests a system that has been built but not yet
installed. (The parallel test script actually does an installation into installed. (The parallel test script actually does an installation into
a temporary directory and fires up a private postmaster therein.) a temporary directory and fires up a private postmaster therein.)
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Some properly installed and fully functional PostgreSQL installations Some properly installed and fully functional PostgreSQL installations
can "fail" some of these regression tests due to artifacts of floating point can "fail" some of these regression tests due to artifacts of floating point
representation and time zone support. The tests are currently evaluated representation and time zone support. The tests are currently evaluated
using a simple <application>diff</application> comparison against the using a simple <application>diff</application> comparison against the
outputs generated on a reference system, so the results are sensitive to outputs generated on a reference system, so the results are sensitive to
small system differences. small system differences.
When a test is reported as "failed", always examine the differences When a test is reported as "failed", always examine the differences
between expected and actual results; you may well find that the differences between expected and actual results; you may well find that the differences
are not significant. are not significant.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
The regression tests were originally developed by Jolly Chen and Andrew Yu, The regression tests were originally developed by Jolly Chen and Andrew Yu,
and were extensively revised/repackaged by Marc Fournier and Thomas Lockhart. and were extensively revised/repackaged by Marc Fournier and Thomas Lockhart.
From <ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> v6.1 onward From <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> v6.1 onward
the regression tests are current for every official release. the regression tests are current for every official release.
</Para> </para>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Regression Environment</Title> <title>Regression Environment</title>
<Para> <para>
The regression testing notes below assume the following (except where noted): The regression testing notes below assume the following (except where noted):
<ItemizedList Mark="bullet" Spacing="compact"> <itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
Commands are Unix-compatible. See note below. Commands are Unix-compatible. See note below.
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
Defaults are used except where noted. Defaults are used except where noted.
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
User postgres is the <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> superuser. User postgres is the <productname>Postgres</productname> superuser.
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
The source path is /usr/src/pgsql (other paths are possible). The source path is /usr/src/pgsql (other paths are possible).
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> <para>
The runtime path is /usr/local/pgsql (other paths are possible). The runtime path is /usr/local/pgsql (other paths are possible).
</Para> </para>
</ListItem> </listitem>
</ItemizedList> </itemizedlist>
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Normally, the regression tests should be run as the postgres user since Normally, the regression tests should be run as the postgres user since
the 'src/test/regress' directory and sub-directories are owned by the the 'src/test/regress' directory and sub-directories are owned by the
postgres user. If you run the regression test as another user the postgres user. If you run the regression test as another user the
'src/test/regress' directory tree must be writeable by that user. 'src/test/regress' directory tree must be writeable by that user.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
It was formerly necessary to run the postmaster with system time zone It was formerly necessary to run the postmaster with system time zone
set to PST, but this is no longer required. You can run the regression set to PST, but this is no longer required. You can run the regression
tests under your normal postmaster configuration. The test script will tests under your normal postmaster configuration. The test script will
set the PGTZ environment variable to ensure that timezone-dependent tests set the PGTZ environment variable to ensure that timezone-dependent tests
produce the expected results. However, your system must provide produce the expected results. However, your system must provide
library support for the PST8PDT time zone, or the timezone-dependent library support for the PST8PDT time zone, or the timezone-dependent
tests will fail. tests will fail.
To verify that your machine does have this support, type To verify that your machine does have this support, type
the following: the following:
<ProgramListing>
setenv TZ PST8PDT
date
</ProgramListing>
</Para>
<Para> <programlisting>
The "date" command above should have returned the current system time setenv TZ PST8PDT
in the PST8PDT time zone. If the PST8PDT database is not available, then date
your system may have returned the time in GMT. If the PST8PDT time zone </programlisting>
is not available, you can set the time zone rules explicitly: </para>
<ProgramListing>
setenv PGTZ PST8PDT7,M04.01.0,M10.05.03 <para>
</ProgramListing> The "date" command above should have returned the current system time
</Para> in the PST8PDT time zone. If the PST8PDT database is not available, then
your system may have returned the time in GMT. If the PST8PDT time zone
is not available, you can set the time zone rules explicitly:
<programlisting>
setenv PGTZ PST8PDT7,M04.01.0,M10.05.03
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The directory layout for the regression test area is:
<table tocentry="1">
<title>Directory Layout</title>
<titleabbrev>Kerberos</titleabbrev>
<tgroup cols="2">
<thead>
<row>
<entry>Directory</entry>
<entry>Description</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Directory</entry>
<entry>Description</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>input</entry>
<entry>
Source files that are converted using
<command>make all</command> into
some of the <filename>.sql</filename> files in the
<filename>sql</filename> subdirectory.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>output</entry>
<entry>
Source files that are converted using
<command>make all</command> into
<filename>.out</filename> files in the
<filename>expected</filename> subdirectory.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>sql</entry>
<entry>
<filename>.sql</filename> files used to perform the
regression tests.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>expected</entry>
<entry>
<filename>.out</filename> files that represent what we
<emphasis>expect</emphasis> the results to
look like.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>results</entry>
<entry>
<filename>.out</filename> files that contain what the results
<emphasis>actually</emphasis> look
like. Also used as temporary storage for table copy testing.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>tmp_check</entry>
<entry>
Temporary installation created by parallel testing script.
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
</sect1> </sect1>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Directory Layout</Title> <title>Regression Test Procedure</title>
<Para> <para>
<Note>
<Para>
This should become a table in the previous section.
</Para>
</Note>
</Para>
<Para>
<ProgramListing>
input/ .... .source files that are converted using 'make all' into
some of the .sql files in the 'sql' subdirectory
output/ ... .source files that are converted using 'make all' into
.out files in the 'expected' subdirectory
sql/ ...... .sql files used to perform the regression tests
expected/ . .out files that represent what we *expect* the results to
look like
results/ .. .out files that contain what the results *actually* look
like. Also used as temporary storage for table copy testing.
tmp_check/ temporary installation created by parallel testing script.
</ProgramListing>
</Para>
</Sect1>
<Sect1>
<Title>Regression Test Procedure</Title>
<Para>
Commands were tested on RedHat Linux version 4.2 using the bash shell. Commands were tested on RedHat Linux version 4.2 using the bash shell.
Except where noted, they will probably work on most systems. Commands Except where noted, they will probably work on most systems. Commands
like <FileName>ps</FileName> and <FileName>tar</FileName> vary wildly on what options you should use on each like <filename>ps</filename> and <filename>tar</filename> vary
platform. <Emphasis>Use common sense</Emphasis> before typing in these commands. wildly on what options you should use on each
</Para> platform. <emphasis>Use common sense</emphasis> before typing in these commands.
</para>
<Procedure> <procedure>
<Title><ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> Regression Test</Title> <title><productname>Postgres</productname> Regression Test</title>
<Step Performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<Para> <para>
Prepare the files needed for the regression test with: Prepare the files needed for the regression test with:
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress
gmake clean gmake clean
gmake all gmake all
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
You can skip "gmake clean" if this is the first time you You can skip "gmake clean" if this is the first time you
are running the tests. are running the tests.
</para> </para>
<Para> <para>
This step compiles a <Acronym>C</Acronym> This step compiles a <acronym>C</acronym>
program with PostgreSQL extension functions into a shared library. program with PostgreSQL extension functions into a shared library.
Localized SQL scripts and output-comparison files are also created Localized SQL scripts and output-comparison files are also created
for the tests that need them. The localization replaces macros in for the tests that need them. The localization replaces macros in
the source files with absolute pathnames and user names. the source files with absolute pathnames and user names.
</Para> </para>
</step> </step>
<Step Performance="optional"> <step performance="optional">
<Para> <para>
If you intend to use the "sequential" test procedure, which tests If you intend to use the "sequential" test procedure, which tests
an already-installed postmaster, be sure that the postmaster an already-installed postmaster, be sure that the postmaster
is running. If it isn't already running, is running. If it isn't already running,
start the postmaster in an available window by typing start the postmaster in an available window by typing
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
postmaster postmaster
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
or start the postmaster daemon running in the background by typing or start the postmaster daemon running in the background by typing
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
cd cd
nohup postmaster > regress.log 2>&1 & nohup postmaster > regress.log 2>&1 &
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
The latter is probably preferable, since the regression test log The latter is probably preferable, since the regression test log
will be quite lengthy (60K or so, in will be quite lengthy (60K or so, in
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> 7.0) and you might want to <productname>Postgres</productname> 7.0) and you might want to
review it for clues if things go wrong. review it for clues if things go wrong.
<Note> <note>
<Para> <para>
Do not run <FileName>postmaster</FileName> from the root account. Do not run <filename>postmaster</filename> from the root account.
</Para> </para>
</Note> </note>
</Para> </para>
</Step> </step>
<Step Performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<Para> <para>
Run the regression tests. For a sequential test, type Run the regression tests. For a sequential test, type
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress
gmake runtest gmake runtest
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
For a parallel test, type For a parallel test, type
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress
gmake runcheck gmake runcheck
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
The sequential test just runs the test scripts using your The sequential test just runs the test scripts using your
already-running postmaster. already-running postmaster.
The parallel test will perform a complete installation of The parallel test will perform a complete installation of
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> into a temporary directory, <productname>Postgres</productname> into a temporary directory,
start a private postmaster therein, and then run the test scripts. start a private postmaster therein, and then run the test scripts.
Finally it will kill the private postmaster (but the temporary Finally it will kill the private postmaster (but the temporary
directory isn't removed automatically). directory isn't removed automatically).
</Para> </para>
</Step> </step>
<Step Performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<Para> <para>
You should get on the screen (and also written to file ./regress.out) You should get on the screen (and also written to file ./regress.out)
a series of statements stating which tests passed and which tests a series of statements stating which tests passed and which tests
failed. Please note that it can be normal for some of the tests to failed. Please note that it can be normal for some of the tests to
"fail" due to platform-specific variations. See the next section "fail" due to platform-specific variations. See the next section
for details on determining whether a "failure" is significant. for details on determining whether a "failure" is significant.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Some of the tests, notably "numeric", can take a while, especially Some of the tests, notably "numeric", can take a while, especially
on slower platforms. Have patience. on slower platforms. Have patience.
</Para> </para>
</Step> </step>
<Step Performance="required"> <step performance="required">
<Para> <para>
After running the tests and examining the results, type After running the tests and examining the results, type
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress cd /usr/src/pgsql/src/test/regress
gmake clean gmake clean
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
to recover the temporary disk space used by the tests. to recover the temporary disk space used by the tests.
If you ran a sequential test, also type If you ran a sequential test, also type
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
dropdb regression dropdb regression
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
</Para> </para>
</Step> </step>
</procedure> </procedure>
</Sect1> </sect1>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Regression Analysis</Title> <title>Regression Analysis</title>
<Para> <para>
The actual outputs of the regression tests are in files in the The actual outputs of the regression tests are in files in the
<filename>./results</filename> directory. The test script <filename>./results</filename> directory. The test script
uses <application>diff</application> to compare each output file uses <application>diff</application> to compare each output file
@ -270,101 +317,101 @@ The runtime path is /usr/local/pgsql (other paths are possible).
saved for your inspection in saved for your inspection in
<filename>./regression.diffs</filename>. (Or you can run <filename>./regression.diffs</filename>. (Or you can run
<application>diff</application> yourself, if you prefer.) <application>diff</application> yourself, if you prefer.)
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
The files might not compare exactly. The test script will report The files might not compare exactly. The test script will report
any difference as a "failure", but the difference might be due any difference as a "failure", but the difference might be due
to small cross-system differences in error message wording, to small cross-system differences in error message wording,
math library behavior, etc. math library behavior, etc.
"Failures" of this type do not indicate a problem with "Failures" of this type do not indicate a problem with
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>. <productname>Postgres</productname>.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Thus, it is necessary to examine the actual differences for each Thus, it is necessary to examine the actual differences for each
"failed" test to determine whether there is really a problem. "failed" test to determine whether there is really a problem.
The following paragraphs attempt to provide some guidance in The following paragraphs attempt to provide some guidance in
determining whether a difference is significant or not. determining whether a difference is significant or not.
</Para> </para>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>Error message differences</Title> <title>Error message differences</title>
<Para> <para>
Some of the regression tests involve intentional invalid input values. Some of the regression tests involve intentional invalid input values.
Error messages can come from either the Postgres code or from the host Error messages can come from either the Postgres code or from the host
platform system routines. In the latter case, the messages may vary platform system routines. In the latter case, the messages may vary
between platforms, but should reflect similar information. These between platforms, but should reflect similar information. These
differences in messages will result in a "failed" regression test which differences in messages will result in a "failed" regression test which
can be validated by inspection. can be validated by inspection.
</Para> </para>
</Sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>Date and time differences</Title> <title>Date and time differences</title>
<Para> <para>
Most of the date and time results are dependent on timezone environment. Most of the date and time results are dependent on timezone environment.
The reference files are generated for timezone PST8PDT (Berkeley, The reference files are generated for timezone PST8PDT (Berkeley,
California) and there will be apparent failures if the tests are not California) and there will be apparent failures if the tests are not
run with that timezone setting. The regression test driver sets run with that timezone setting. The regression test driver sets
environment variable PGTZ to PST8PDT to ensure proper results. environment variable PGTZ to PST8PDT to ensure proper results.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Some of the queries in the "timestamp" test will fail if you run Some of the queries in the "timestamp" test will fail if you run
the test on the day of a daylight-savings time changeover, or the the test on the day of a daylight-savings time changeover, or the
day before or after one. These queries assume that the intervals day before or after one. These queries assume that the intervals
between midnight yesterday, midnight today and midnight tomorrow are between midnight yesterday, midnight today and midnight tomorrow are
exactly twenty-four hours ... which is wrong if daylight-savings time exactly twenty-four hours ... which is wrong if daylight-savings time
went into or out of effect meanwhile. went into or out of effect meanwhile.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
There appear to be some systems which do not accept the recommended syntax There appear to be some systems which do not accept the recommended syntax
for explicitly setting the local time zone rules; you may need to use for explicitly setting the local time zone rules; you may need to use
a different PGTZ setting on such machines. a different PGTZ setting on such machines.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Some systems using older timezone libraries fail to apply daylight-savings Some systems using older timezone libraries fail to apply daylight-savings
corrections to pre-1970 dates, causing pre-1970 PDT times to be displayed corrections to pre-1970 dates, causing pre-1970 PDT times to be displayed
in PST instead. This will result in localized differences in the test in PST instead. This will result in localized differences in the test
results. results.
</Para> </para>
</Sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>Floating point differences</Title> <title>Floating point differences</title>
<Para> <para>
Some of the tests involve computing 64-bit (<Type>float8</Type>) numbers from table Some of the tests involve computing 64-bit (<type>float8</type>) numbers from table
columns. Differences in results involving mathematical functions of columns. Differences in results involving mathematical functions of
<Type>float8</Type> columns have been observed. The float8 <type>float8</type> columns have been observed. The float8
and geometry tests are particularly prone to small differences and geometry tests are particularly prone to small differences
across platforms. across platforms.
Human eyeball comparison is needed to determine the real significance Human eyeball comparison is needed to determine the real significance
of these differences which are usually 10 places to the right of of these differences which are usually 10 places to the right of
the decimal point. the decimal point.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Some systems signal errors from pow() and exp() differently from Some systems signal errors from pow() and exp() differently from
the mechanism expected by the current Postgres code. the mechanism expected by the current Postgres code.
</Para> </para>
</Sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>Polygon differences</Title> <title>Polygon differences</title>
<Para> <para>
Several of the tests involve operations on geographic date about the Several of the tests involve operations on geographic date about the
Oakland/Berkley CA street map. The map data is expressed as polygons Oakland/Berkley CA street map. The map data is expressed as polygons
whose vertices are represented as pairs of <Type>float8</Type> numbers (decimal whose vertices are represented as pairs of <type>float8</type> numbers (decimal
latitude and longitude). Initially, some tables are created and latitude and longitude). Initially, some tables are created and
loaded with geographic data, then some views are created which join loaded with geographic data, then some views are created which join
two tables using the polygon intersection operator (##), then a select two tables using the polygon intersection operator (##), then a select
@ -374,65 +421,65 @@ The runtime path is /usr/local/pgsql (other paths are possible).
in the 2nd or 3rd place to the right of the decimal point. The SQL in the 2nd or 3rd place to the right of the decimal point. The SQL
statements where these problems occur are the following: statements where these problems occur are the following:
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
QUERY: SELECT * from street; QUERY: SELECT * from street;
QUERY: SELECT * from iexit; QUERY: SELECT * from iexit;
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
</Para> </para>
</Sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>Random differences</Title> <title>Random differences</title>
<Para> <para>
There is at least one case in the "random" test script that is There is at least one case in the "random" test script that is
intended to produce intended to produce
random results. This causes random to fail the regression test random results. This causes random to fail the regression test
once in a while (perhaps once in every five to ten trials). once in a while (perhaps once in every five to ten trials).
Typing Typing
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
diff results/random.out expected/random.out diff results/random.out expected/random.out
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
should produce only one or a few lines of differences. You need should produce only one or a few lines of differences. You need
not worry unless the random test always fails in repeated attempts. not worry unless the random test always fails in repeated attempts.
(On the other hand, if the random test is <emphasis>never</emphasis> (On the other hand, if the random test is <emphasis>never</emphasis>
reported to fail even in many trials of the regress tests, you reported to fail even in many trials of the regress tests, you
probably <emphasis>should</emphasis> worry.) probably <emphasis>should</emphasis> worry.)
</Para> </para>
</Sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>The <Quote>expected</Quote> files</Title> <title>The "expected" files</title>
<Para> <para>
The <FileName>./expected/*.out</FileName> files were adapted from the original monolithic The <filename>./expected/*.out</filename> files were adapted from the original monolithic
<FileName>expected.input</FileName> file provided by Jolly Chen et al. Newer versions of these <filename>expected.input</filename> file provided by Jolly Chen et al. Newer versions of these
files generated on various development machines have been substituted after files generated on various development machines have been substituted after
careful (?) inspection. Many of the development machines are running a careful (?) inspection. Many of the development machines are running a
Unix OS variant (FreeBSD, Linux, etc) on Ix86 hardware. Unix OS variant (FreeBSD, Linux, etc) on Ix86 hardware.
The original <FileName>expected.input</FileName> file was created on a SPARC Solaris 2.4 The original <filename>expected.input</filename> file was created on a SPARC Solaris 2.4
system using the <FileName>postgres5-1.02a5.tar.gz</FileName> source tree. It was compared system using the <filename>postgres5-1.02a5.tar.gz</filename> source tree. It was compared
with a file created on an I386 Solaris 2.4 system and the differences with a file created on an I386 Solaris 2.4 system and the differences
were only in the floating point polygons in the 3rd digit to the right were only in the floating point polygons in the 3rd digit to the right
of the decimal point. of the decimal point.
The original <FileName>sample.regress.out</FileName> file was from the postgres-1.01 release The original <filename>sample.regress.out</filename> file was from the postgres-1.01 release
constructed by Jolly Chen. It may constructed by Jolly Chen. It may
have been created on a DEC ALPHA machine as the <FileName>Makefile.global</FileName> have been created on a DEC ALPHA machine as the <filename>Makefile.global</filename>
in the postgres-1.01 release has PORTNAME=alpha. in the postgres-1.01 release has PORTNAME=alpha.
</Para> </para>
</Sect2> </sect2>
</Sect1> </sect1>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Platform-specific comparison files</Title> <title>Platform-specific comparison files</title>
<Para> <para>
Since some of the tests inherently produce platform-specific results, Since some of the tests inherently produce platform-specific results,
we have provided a way to supply platform-specific result comparison we have provided a way to supply platform-specific result comparison
files. Frequently, the same variation applies to multiple platforms; files. Frequently, the same variation applies to multiple platforms;
@ -441,42 +488,59 @@ The runtime path is /usr/local/pgsql (other paths are possible).
So, to eliminate bogus test "failures" for a particular platform, So, to eliminate bogus test "failures" for a particular platform,
you must choose or make a variant result file, and then add a line you must choose or make a variant result file, and then add a line
to the mapping file, which is "resultmap". to the mapping file, which is "resultmap".
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Each line in the mapping file is of the form Each line in the mapping file is of the form
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
testname/platformnamepattern=comparisonfilename testname/platformnamepattern=comparisonfilename
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
The test name is just the name of the particular regression test module. The test name is just the name of the particular regression test module.
The platform name pattern is a pattern in the style of expr(1) (that is, The platform name pattern is a pattern in the style of expr(1) (that is,
a regular expression with an implicit ^ anchor at the start). It is matched a regular expression with an implicit ^ anchor at the start). It is matched
against the platform name as printed by config.guess. The comparison against the platform name as printed by config.guess. The comparison
file name is the name of the substitute result comparison file. file name is the name of the substitute result comparison file.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
For example: the int2 regress test includes a deliberate entry of a value For example: the int2 regress test includes a deliberate entry of a value
that is too large to fit in int2. The specific error message that is that is too large to fit in int2. The specific error message that is
produced is platform-dependent; our reference platform emits produced is platform-dependent; our reference platform emits
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
ERROR: pg_atoi: error reading "100000": Numerical result out of range ERROR: pg_atoi: error reading "100000": Numerical result out of range
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
but a fair number of other Unix platforms emit but a fair number of other Unix platforms emit
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
ERROR: pg_atoi: error reading "100000": Result too large ERROR: pg_atoi: error reading "100000": Result too large
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
Therefore, we provide a variant comparison file, int2-too-large.out, Therefore, we provide a variant comparison file, int2-too-large.out,
that includes this spelling of the error message. To silence the that includes this spelling of the error message. To silence the
bogus "failure" message on HPPA platforms, resultmap includes bogus "failure" message on HPPA platforms, resultmap includes
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
int2/hppa=int2-too-large int2/hppa=int2-too-large
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
which will trigger on any machine for which config.guess's output which will trigger on any machine for which config.guess's output
begins with 'hppa'. Other lines in resultmap select the variant begins with 'hppa'. Other lines in resultmap select the variant
comparison file for other platforms where it's appropriate. comparison file for other platforms where it's appropriate.
</Para> </para>
</Sect1> </sect1>
</Chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

176
doc/src/sgml/release.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 momjian Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.47 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="release"> <chapter id="release">
@ -19,9 +19,11 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 mom
</docinfo> </docinfo>
--> -->
<para> <para>
This release shows the continued growth of PostgreSQL. There are more This release contains improvements in many areas, demonstrating
changes in 7.0 than in any previous release. Don't be concerned this is the continued growth of <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>.
a dot-zero release. We do our best to put out only solid releases, and There are more improvements and fixes in 7.0 than in any previous
release. The developers have confidence that this is the best
release yet; we do our best to put out only solid releases, and
this one is no exception. this one is no exception.
</para> </para>
@ -49,7 +51,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 mom
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Continuing on work started a year ago, the optimizer has been Continuing on work started a year ago, the optimizer has been
overhauled, allowing improved query execution and better performance improved, allowing better query plan selection and faster performance
with less memory usage. with less memory usage.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 mom
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
<!--
<varlistentry> <varlistentry>
<term> <term>
Upcoming Features Upcoming Features
@ -92,6 +94,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 mom
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
-->
</variablelist> </variablelist>
</para> </para>
@ -102,10 +105,75 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 mom
A dump/restore using <application>pg_dump</application> A dump/restore using <application>pg_dump</application>
is required for those wishing to migrate data from any is required for those wishing to migrate data from any
previous release of <productname>Postgres</productname>. previous release of <productname>Postgres</productname>.
For those upgrading from 6.5.*, you can use For those upgrading from 6.5.*, you may instead use
<application>pg_upgrade</application> to upgrade to this <application>pg_upgrade</application> to upgrade to this
release. release; however, a full dump/reload installation is always the
most robust method for upgrades.
</para> </para>
<para>
Interface and compatibility issues to consider for the new
release include:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
The date/time types <type>datetime</type> and
<type>timespan</type> have been superceded by the
SQL92-defined types <type>timestamp</type> and
<type>interval</type>. Although there has been some effort to
ease the transition by allowing
<productname>Postgres</productname> to recognize
the deprecated type names and translate them to the new type
names, this mechanism may not be completely transparent to
your existing application.
</para>
</listitem>
<!--
<listitem>
<para>
The security provisions for <firstterm>alternate locations</firstterm> have
been strengthened by requiring the absolute path to be present
in the environment variable <envar>PGxxx
Ack! This isn't yet in the code?? - thomas 2000-04-30
</para>
</listitem>
-->
<listitem>
<para>
The optimizer has been substantially improved in the area of
query cost estimation. In some cases, this will result in
decreased query times as the optimizer makes a better choice
for the preferred plan. However, in a small number of cases,
usually involving pathological distributions of data, your
query times may go up. If you are dealing with large amounts
of data, you may want to check your queries to verify
performance.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The <acronym>JDBC</acronym> and <acronym>ODBC</acronym>
interfaces have been upgraded and extended.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The string function <function>CHAR_LENGTH</function> is now a
native function. Previous versions translated this into a call
to <function>LENGTH</function>, which could result in
ambiguity with other types implementing
<function>LENGTH</function> such as the geometric types.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2> </sect2>
<sect2> <sect2>
@ -114,7 +182,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/release.sgml,v 1.46 2000/05/02 17:06:10 mom
<programlisting> <programlisting>
Bug Fixes Bug Fixes
--------- ---------
Prevent function calls with more than maximum number of arguments (Tom) Prevent function calls exceeding maximum number of arguments (Tom)
Improve CASE construct (Tom) Improve CASE construct (Tom)
Fix SELECT coalesce(f1,0) FROM int4_tbl GROUP BY f1 (Tom) Fix SELECT coalesce(f1,0) FROM int4_tbl GROUP BY f1 (Tom)
Fix SELECT sentence.words[0] FROM sentence GROUP BY sentence.words[0] (Tom) Fix SELECT sentence.words[0] FROM sentence GROUP BY sentence.words[0] (Tom)
@ -125,15 +193,15 @@ Fix for SELECT a/2, a/2 FROM test_missing_target GROUP BY a/2 (Tom)
Fix for subselects in INSERT ... SELECT (Tom) Fix for subselects in INSERT ... SELECT (Tom)
Prevent INSERT ... SELECT ... ORDER BY (Tom) Prevent INSERT ... SELECT ... ORDER BY (Tom)
Fixes for relations greater than 2GB, including vacuum Fixes for relations greater than 2GB, including vacuum
Improve communication of system table changes to other running backends (Tom) Improve propagating system table changes to other backends (Tom)
Improve communication of user table modifications to other running backends (Tom) Improve propagating user table changes to other backends (Tom)
Fix handling of temp tables in complex situations (Bruce, Tom) Fix handling of temp tables in complex situations (Bruce, Tom)
Allow table locking when tables opened, improving concurrent reliability (Tom) Allow table locking at table open, improving concurrent reliability (Tom)
Properly quote sequence names in pg_dump (Ross J. Reedstrom) Properly quote sequence names in pg_dump (Ross J. Reedstrom)
Prevent DROP DATABASE while others accessing Prevent DROP DATABASE while others accessing
Prevent any rows from being returned by GROUP BY if no rows processed (Tom) Prevent any rows from being returned by GROUP BY if no rows processed (Tom)
Fix SELECT COUNT(1) FROM table WHERE ...' if no rows matching WHERE (Tom) Fix SELECT COUNT(1) FROM table WHERE ...' if no rows matching WHERE (Tom)
Fix pg_upgrade so it works for MVCC(Tom) Fix pg_upgrade so it works for MVCC (Tom)
Fix for SELECT ... WHERE x IN (SELECT ... HAVING SUM(x) &gt; 1) (Tom) Fix for SELECT ... WHERE x IN (SELECT ... HAVING SUM(x) &gt; 1) (Tom)
Fix for "f1 datetime DEFAULT 'now'" (Tom) Fix for "f1 datetime DEFAULT 'now'" (Tom)
Fix problems with CURRENT_DATE used in DEFAULT (Tom) Fix problems with CURRENT_DATE used in DEFAULT (Tom)
@ -141,8 +209,8 @@ Allow comment-only lines, and ;;; lines too. (Tom)
Improve recovery after failed disk writes, disk full (Hiroshi) Improve recovery after failed disk writes, disk full (Hiroshi)
Fix cases where table is mentioned in FROM but not joined (Tom) Fix cases where table is mentioned in FROM but not joined (Tom)
Allow HAVING clause without aggregate functions (Tom) Allow HAVING clause without aggregate functions (Tom)
Fix for "--" comment and no trailing newline, as seen in Perl Fix for "--" comment and no trailing newline, as seen in perl interface
Improve pg_dump failure error reports (Bruce) Improve pg_dump failure error reports (Bruce)
Allow sorts and hashes to exceed 2GB file sizes (Tom) Allow sorts and hashes to exceed 2GB file sizes (Tom)
Fix for pg_dump dumping of inherited rules (Tom) Fix for pg_dump dumping of inherited rules (Tom)
Fix for NULL handling comparisons (Tom) Fix for NULL handling comparisons (Tom)
@ -197,8 +265,7 @@ Update jdbc protocol to 2.0 (<ulink url="mailto:jens@jens.de">Jens Glaser</ulink
Add TRUNCATE command to quickly truncate relation (Mike Mascari) Add TRUNCATE command to quickly truncate relation (Mike Mascari)
Fix to give super user and createdb user proper update catalog rights (Peter E) Fix to give super user and createdb user proper update catalog rights (Peter E)
Allow ecpg bool variables to have NULL values (Christof) Allow ecpg bool variables to have NULL values (Christof)
Issue ecpg error if NULL value is returned to variable with no NULL Issue ecpg error if NULL value for variable with no NULL indicator (Christof)
indicator (Christof)
Allow ^C to cancel COPY command (Massimo) Allow ^C to cancel COPY command (Massimo)
Add SET FSYNC and SHOW PG_OPTIONS commands(Massimo) Add SET FSYNC and SHOW PG_OPTIONS commands(Massimo)
Function name overloading for dynamically-loaded C functions (Frankpitt) Function name overloading for dynamically-loaded C functions (Frankpitt)
@ -214,7 +281,6 @@ Add FOREIGN KEY ... MATCH &lt;unspecified&gt; referential actions (Don Baccus)
Allow WHERE restriction on ctid (physical heap location) (Hiroshi) Allow WHERE restriction on ctid (physical heap location) (Hiroshi)
Move pginterface from contrib to interface directory, rename to pgeasy (Bruce) Move pginterface from contrib to interface directory, rename to pgeasy (Bruce)
Change pgeasy connectdb() parameter ordering (Bruce) Change pgeasy connectdb() parameter ordering (Bruce)
Add DEC and SESSION_USER as reserved words (Thomas)
Require SELECT DISTINCT target list to have all ORDER BY columns (Tom) Require SELECT DISTINCT target list to have all ORDER BY columns (Tom)
Add Oracle's COMMENT ON command (<ulink url="mailto:mascarim@yahoo">Mike Mascari</ulink>) Add Oracle's COMMENT ON command (<ulink url="mailto:mascarim@yahoo">Mike Mascari</ulink>)
libpq's PQsetNoticeProcessor function now returns previous hook(Peter E) libpq's PQsetNoticeProcessor function now returns previous hook(Peter E)
@ -227,8 +293,7 @@ Change backend-side COPY to write files with permissions 644 not 666 (Tom)
Force permissions on PGDATA directory to be secure, even if it exists (Tom) Force permissions on PGDATA directory to be secure, even if it exists (Tom)
Added psql LASTOID variable to return last inserted oid (Peter E) Added psql LASTOID variable to return last inserted oid (Peter E)
Allow concurrent vacuum and remove pg_vlock vacuum lock file (Tom) Allow concurrent vacuum and remove pg_vlock vacuum lock file (Tom)
Add permissions check so only Postgres superuser or table owner can Add permissions check for vacuum (Peter E)
vacuum (Peter E)
New libpq functions to allow asynchronous connections: PQconnectStart(), New libpq functions to allow asynchronous connections: PQconnectStart(),
PQconnectPoll(), PQresetStart(), PQresetPoll(), PQsetenvStart(), PQconnectPoll(), PQresetStart(), PQresetPoll(), PQsetenvStart(),
PQsetenvPoll(), PQsetenvAbort (Ewan Mellor) PQsetenvPoll(), PQsetenvAbort (Ewan Mellor)
@ -236,8 +301,8 @@ New libpq PQsetenv() function (Ewan Mellor)
create/alter user extension (Peter E) create/alter user extension (Peter E)
New postmaster.pid and postmaster.opts under $PGDATA (Tatsuo) New postmaster.pid and postmaster.opts under $PGDATA (Tatsuo)
New scripts for create/drop user/db (Peter E) New scripts for create/drop user/db (Peter E)
Major psql overhaul(Peter E) Major psql overhaul (Peter E)
Add const to libpq interface(Peter E) Add const to libpq interface (Peter E)
New libpq function PQoidValue (Peter E) New libpq function PQoidValue (Peter E)
Show specific non-aggregate causing problem with GROUP BY (Tom) Show specific non-aggregate causing problem with GROUP BY (Tom)
Make changes to pg_shadow recreate pg_pwd file (Peter E) Make changes to pg_shadow recreate pg_pwd file (Peter E)
@ -281,12 +346,11 @@ Allow SELECT .. FOR UPDATE in PL/pgSQL (Hiroshi)
Enable backward sequential scan even after reaching EOF (Hiroshi) Enable backward sequential scan even after reaching EOF (Hiroshi)
Add btree indexing of boolean values, &gt;= and &lt;= (Don Baccus) Add btree indexing of boolean values, &gt;= and &lt;= (Don Baccus)
Print current line number when COPY FROM fails (Massimo) Print current line number when COPY FROM fails (Massimo)
Recognize special case of POSIX time zone: "GMT+8" and "GMT-8" (Thomas) Recognize POSIX time zone e.g. "PST+8" and "GMT-8" (Thomas)
Add DEC as synonym for "DECIMAL" (Thomas) Add DEC as synonym for DECIMAL (Thomas)
Add SESSION_USER as SQL92 keyword, same as CURRENT_USER (Thomas) Add SESSION_USER as SQL92 keyword, same as CURRENT_USER (Thomas)
Implement column aliases (aka correlation names) and join syntax (Thomas) Implement SQL92 column aliases (aka correlation names) (Thomas)
Allow queries like SELECT a FROM t1 tx (a) (Thomas) Implement SQL92 join syntax (Thomas)
Allow queries like SELECT * FROM t1 NATURAL JOIN t2 (Thomas)
Make INTERVAL reserved word allowed as a column identifier (Thomas) Make INTERVAL reserved word allowed as a column identifier (Thomas)
Implement REINDEX command (Hiroshi) Implement REINDEX command (Hiroshi)
Accept ALL in aggregate function SUM(ALL col) (Tom) Accept ALL in aggregate function SUM(ALL col) (Tom)
@ -322,9 +386,8 @@ Allow bare column names to be subscripted as arrays (Tom)
Improve type casting of int and float constants (Tom) Improve type casting of int and float constants (Tom)
Cleanups for int8 inputs, range checking, and type conversion (Tom) Cleanups for int8 inputs, range checking, and type conversion (Tom)
Fix for SELECT timespan('21:11:26'::time) (Tom) Fix for SELECT timespan('21:11:26'::time) (Tom)
Fix for netmask('x.x.x.x/0') is 255.255.255.255 instead of 0.0.0.0 netmask('x.x.x.x/0') is 255.255.255.255 instead of 0.0.0.0 (Oleg Sharoiko)
(Oleg Sharoiko) Add btree index on NUMERIC (Jan)
Add btree index on NUMERIC(Jan)
Perl fix for large objects containing NUL characters (Douglas Thomson) Perl fix for large objects containing NUL characters (Douglas Thomson)
ODBC fix for for large objects (free) ODBC fix for for large objects (free)
Fix indexing of cidr data type Fix indexing of cidr data type
@ -338,26 +401,25 @@ Make char_length()/octet_length including trailing blanks (Tom)
Made abstime/reltime use int4 instead of time_t (Peter E) Made abstime/reltime use int4 instead of time_t (Peter E)
New lztext data type for compressed text fields New lztext data type for compressed text fields
Revise code to handle coercion of int and float constants (Tom) Revise code to handle coercion of int and float constants (Tom)
New C-routines to implement a BIT and BIT VARYING type in /contrib Start at new code to implement a BIT and BIT VARYING type (Adriaan Joubert)
(Adriaan Joubert)
NUMERIC now accepts scientific notation (Tom) NUMERIC now accepts scientific notation (Tom)
NUMERIC to int4 rounds (Tom) NUMERIC to int4 rounds (Tom)
Convert float4/8 to NUMERIC properly (Tom) Convert float4/8 to NUMERIC properly (Tom)
Allow type conversion with NUMERIC (Thomas) Allow type conversion with NUMERIC (Thomas)
Make ISO date style (2000-02-16 09:33) the default (Thomas) Make ISO date style (2000-02-16 09:33) the default (Thomas)
Add NATIONAL CHAR [ VARYING ] Add NATIONAL CHAR [ VARYING ] (Thomas)
Allow NUMERIC round and trunc to accept negative scales (Tom) Allow NUMERIC round and trunc to accept negative scales (Tom)
New TIME WITH TIME ZONE type (Thomas) New TIME WITH TIME ZONE type (Thomas)
Add MAX()/MIN() on time type (Thomas) Add MAX()/MIN() on time type (Thomas)
Add abs(), mod(), fac() for int8 (Thomas) Add abs(), mod(), fac() for int8 (Thomas)
Add round(), sqrt(), cbrt(), pow() Rename functions to round(), sqrt(), cbrt(), pow() for float8 (Thomas)
Rename NUMERIC power() to pow() Add transcendental math functions (e.g. sin(), acos()) for float8 (Thomas)
Improved TRANSLATE() function Add exp() and ln() for NUMERIC type
Rename NUMERIC power() to pow() (Thomas)
Improved TRANSLATE() function (Edwin Ramirez, Tom)
Allow X=-Y operators (Tom) Allow X=-Y operators (Tom)
Add exp() and ln() as NUMERIC types Allow SELECT float8(COUNT(*))/(SELECT COUNT(*) FROM t) FROM t GROUP BY f1; (Tom)
Allow SELECT float8(COUNT(*)) / (SELECT COUNT(*) FROM int4_tbl) FROM int4_tbl Allow LOCALE to use indexes in regular expression searches (Tom)
GROUP BY f1; (Tom)
Allow LOCALE to use indexes in regular expression searches(Tom)
Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types
Performance Performance
@ -378,13 +440,12 @@ Prefer index scans in cases where ORDER BY/GROUP BY is required (Tom)
Allocate large memory requests in fix-sized chunks for performance (Tom) Allocate large memory requests in fix-sized chunks for performance (Tom)
Fix vacuum's performance by reducing memory allocation requests (Tom) Fix vacuum's performance by reducing memory allocation requests (Tom)
Implement constant-expression simplification (Bernard Frankpitt, Tom) Implement constant-expression simplification (Bernard Frankpitt, Tom)
Allow more than first column to be used to determine start of index scan Use secondary columns to be used to determine start of index scan (Hiroshi)
(Hiroshi)
Prevent quadruple use of disk space when doing internal sorting (Tom) Prevent quadruple use of disk space when doing internal sorting (Tom)
Faster sorting by calling fewer functions (Tom) Faster sorting by calling fewer functions (Tom)
Create system indexes to match all system caches (Bruce, Hiroshi) Create system indexes to match all system caches (Bruce, Hiroshi)
Make system caches use system indexes(Bruce) Make system caches use system indexes (Bruce)
Make all system indexes unique(Bruce) Make all system indexes unique (Bruce)
Improve pg_statistics management for VACUUM speed improvement (Tom) Improve pg_statistics management for VACUUM speed improvement (Tom)
Flush backend cache less frequently (Tom, Hiroshi) Flush backend cache less frequently (Tom, Hiroshi)
COPY now reuses previous memory allocation, improving performance (Tom) COPY now reuses previous memory allocation, improving performance (Tom)
@ -398,17 +459,17 @@ New SET variable to control optimizer costs (Tom)
Optimizer queries based on LIMIT, OFFSET, and EXISTS qualifications (Tom) Optimizer queries based on LIMIT, OFFSET, and EXISTS qualifications (Tom)
Reduce optimizer internal housekeeping of join paths for speedup (Tom) Reduce optimizer internal housekeeping of join paths for speedup (Tom)
Major subquery speedup (Tom) Major subquery speedup (Tom)
Fewer fsync writes when fsync is not disabled(Tom) Fewer fsync writes when fsync is not disabled (Tom)
Improved LIKE optimizer estimates(Tom) Improved LIKE optimizer estimates (Tom)
Prevent fsync in SELECT-only queries(Vadim) Prevent fsync in SELECT-only queries (Vadim)
Make index creation use psort code, because it is now faster(Tom) Make index creation use psort code, because it is now faster (Tom)
Allow creation of sort temp tables > 1 Gig Allow creation of sort temp tables > 1 Gig
Source Tree Changes Source Tree Changes
------------------- -------------------
Fix for linux PPC compile Fix for linux PPC compile
New generic expression-tree-walker subroutine (Tom) New generic expression-tree-walker subroutine (Tom)
Change form() to varargform() to prevent portability problems. Change form() to varargform() to prevent portability problems
Improved range checking for large integers on Alphas Improved range checking for large integers on Alphas
Clean up #include in /include directory (Bruce) Clean up #include in /include directory (Bruce)
Add scripts for checking includes (Bruce) Add scripts for checking includes (Bruce)
@ -418,9 +479,9 @@ Enable WIN32 compilation of libpq
Alpha spinlock fix from <ulink url="mailto:gatgul@voicenet.com">Uncle George</ulink> Alpha spinlock fix from <ulink url="mailto:gatgul@voicenet.com">Uncle George</ulink>
Overhaul of optimizer data structures (Tom) Overhaul of optimizer data structures (Tom)
Fix to cygipc library (Yutaka Tanida) Fix to cygipc library (Yutaka Tanida)
Allow pgsql to work on newer Cygwin snapshots(Dan) Allow pgsql to work on newer Cygwin snapshots (Dan)
New catalog version number (Tom) New catalog version number (Tom)
Add Linux ARM. Add Linux ARM
Rename heap_replace to heap_update Rename heap_replace to heap_update
Update for QNX (Dr. Andreas Kardos) Update for QNX (Dr. Andreas Kardos)
New platform-specific regression handling (Tom) New platform-specific regression handling (Tom)
@ -1636,7 +1697,7 @@ Support for client-side environment variables to specify time zone and date styl
<para> <para>
Socket interface for client/server connection. This is the default now Socket interface for client/server connection. This is the default now
so you may need to start <application>postmaster</application> with the so you may need to start <application>postmaster</application> with the
<quote>-i</quote> flag. <option>-i</option> flag.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1646,11 +1707,12 @@ Better password authorization mechanisms. Default table permissions have changed
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Old-style <quote>time travel</quote> has been removed. Performance has been improved. Old-style <firstterm>time travel</firstterm>
</para> has been removed. Performance has been improved.
</listitem> </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
</para> </para>

33
doc/src/sgml/rules.sgml
View File

@ -854,18 +854,18 @@
<Para> <Para>
There was a long time where the <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> There was a long time where the <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>
rule system was considered broken. The use of rules was not rule system was considered broken. The use of rules was not
recommended and the only part working where view rules. And also recommended and the only part working was view rules. And also
these view rules made problems because the rule system wasn't able these view rules gave problems because the rule system wasn't able
to apply them properly on other statements than a SELECT (for to apply them properly on statements other than a SELECT (for
example an UPDATE example an UPDATE
that used data from a view didn't work). that used data from a view didn't work).
</Para> </Para>
<Para> <Para>
During that time, development moved on and many features where During that time, development moved on and many features were
added to the parser and optimizer. The rule system got more and more added to the parser and optimizer. The rule system got more and more
out of sync with their capabilities and it became harder and harder out of sync with their capabilities and it became harder and harder
to start fixing it. Thus, noone did. to start fixing it. Thus, no one did.
</Para> </Para>
<Para> <Para>
@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ Merge Join
</Para> </Para>
<Para> <Para>
Another situation are cases on UPDATE where it depends on the Another situation is cases on UPDATE where it depends on the
change of an attribute if an action should be performed or change of an attribute if an action should be performed or
not. In <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> version 6.4, the not. In <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> version 6.4, the
attribute specification for rule events is disabled (it will have attribute specification for rule events is disabled (it will have
@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ Merge Join
- stay tuned). So for now the only way to - stay tuned). So for now the only way to
create a rule as in the shoelace_log example is to do it with create a rule as in the shoelace_log example is to do it with
a rule qualification. That results in an extra query that is a rule qualification. That results in an extra query that is
performed allways, even if the attribute of interest cannot performed always, even if the attribute of interest cannot
change at all because it does not appear in the targetlist change at all because it does not appear in the targetlist
of the initial query. When this is enabled again, it will be of the initial query. When this is enabled again, it will be
one more advantage of rules over triggers. Optimization of one more advantage of rules over triggers. Optimization of
@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ Merge Join
decision. The rule system will know it by looking up the decision. The rule system will know it by looking up the
targetlist and will suppress the additional query completely targetlist and will suppress the additional query completely
if the attribute isn't touched. So the rule, qualified or not, if the attribute isn't touched. So the rule, qualified or not,
will only do it's scan's if there ever could be something to do. will only do its scans if there ever could be something to do.
</Para> </Para>
<Para> <Para>
@ -2121,3 +2121,20 @@ Merge Join
</Sect1> </Sect1>
</Chapter> </Chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

4
doc/src/sgml/runtime.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/runtime.sgml,v 1.9 2000/04/23 00:25:06 tgl Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/runtime.sgml,v 1.10 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<Chapter Id="runtime"> <Chapter Id="runtime">
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/runtime.sgml,v 1.9 2000/04/23 00:25:06 tgl
<para> <para>
All <Productname>Postgres</Productname> commands that are executed All <Productname>Postgres</Productname> commands that are executed
directly from a Unix shell are directly from a Unix shell are
found in the directory <quote>.../bin</quote>. Including this directory in found in the directory <filename>.../bin</filename>. Including this directory in
your search path will make executing the commands easier. your search path will make executing the commands easier.
</para> </para>

19
doc/src/sgml/signals.sgml
View File

@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ FloatExceptionHandler
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
<quote>kill(*,signal)</quote> means sending a signal to all backends. "<literal>kill(*,signal)</literal>" means sending a signal to all backends.
</para> </para>
</note> </note>
</para> </para>
@ -247,3 +247,20 @@ cat old_pg_options > $DATA_DIR/pg_options
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

5
doc/src/sgml/spi.sgml
View File

@ -157,7 +157,10 @@ Return status
<REFSECT1 ID="R1-SPI-SPICONNECT-2"> <REFSECT1 ID="R1-SPI-SPICONNECT-2">
<TITLE>Usage <TITLE>Usage
</TITLE> </TITLE>
<PARA>XXX thomas 1997-12-24 <PARA>
<!--
XXX thomas 1997-12-24
-->
</PARA> </PARA>
</REFSECT1> </REFSECT1>
<REFSECT1 ID="R1-SPI-SPICONNECT-3"> <REFSECT1 ID="R1-SPI-SPICONNECT-3">

8
doc/src/sgml/sql.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/sql.sgml,v 1.8 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/sql.sgml,v 1.9 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="sql"> <chapter id="sql">
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/sql.sgml,v 1.8 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thomas E
<para> <para>
<acronym>SQL</acronym> has become the most popular relational query <acronym>SQL</acronym> has become the most popular relational query
language. language.
The name <quote><acronym>SQL</acronym></quote> is an abbreviation for The name "<acronym>SQL</acronym>" is an abbreviation for
<firstterm>Structured Query Language</firstterm>. <firstterm>Structured Query Language</firstterm>.
In 1974 Donald Chamberlin and others defined the In 1974 Donald Chamberlin and others defined the
language SEQUEL (<firstterm>Structured English Query language SEQUEL (<firstterm>Structured English Query
@ -759,8 +759,8 @@ t<subscript>r</subscript>(A,B)=t&and;t<subscript>r</subscript>(C,D)=t<subscript>
can be formulated using relational algebra can also be formulated can be formulated using relational algebra can also be formulated
using the relational calculus and vice versa. using the relational calculus and vice versa.
This was first proved by E. F. Codd in This was first proved by E. F. Codd in
1972. This proof is based on an algorithm (<quote>Codd's reduction 1972. This proof is based on an algorithm ("Codd's reduction
algorithm</quote>) by which an arbitrary expression of the relational algorithm") by which an arbitrary expression of the relational
calculus can be reduced to a semantically equivalent expression of calculus can be reduced to a semantically equivalent expression of
relational algebra. For a more detailed discussion on that refer to relational algebra. For a more detailed discussion on that refer to
<xref linkend="DATE94" endterm="DATE94"> <xref linkend="DATE94" endterm="DATE94">

16
doc/src/sgml/start.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/start.sgml,v 1.10 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/start.sgml,v 1.11 2000/05/02 20:01:52 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="start"> <chapter id="start">
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/start.sgml,v 1.10 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thoma
the database directories and started the the database directories and started the
<application>postmaster</application> <application>postmaster</application>
process. This person does not have to be the Unix process. This person does not have to be the Unix
superuser (<quote>root</quote>) superuser ("root")
or the computer system administrator; a person can install and use or the computer system administrator; a person can install and use
<productname>Postgres</productname> without any special accounts or <productname>Postgres</productname> without any special accounts or
privileges. privileges.
@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/start.sgml,v 1.10 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thoma
<para> <para>
Throughout this manual, any examples that begin with Throughout this manual, any examples that begin with
the character <quote>%</quote> are commands that should be typed the character "<literal>%</literal>" are commands that should be typed
at the Unix shell prompt. Examples that begin with the at the Unix shell prompt. Examples that begin with the
character <quote>*</quote> are commands in the Postgres query character "<literal>*</literal>" are commands in the Postgres query
language, Postgres <acronym>SQL</acronym>. language, Postgres <acronym>SQL</acronym>.
</para> </para>
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ mydb=>
workspace maintained by the terminal monitor. workspace maintained by the terminal monitor.
The <application>psql</application> program responds to escape The <application>psql</application> program responds to escape
codes that begin codes that begin
with the backslash character, <quote>\</quote> For example, you with the backslash character, "<literal>\</literal>" For example, you
can get help on the syntax of various can get help on the syntax of various
<productname>Postgres</productname> <acronym>SQL</acronym> <productname>Postgres</productname> <acronym>SQL</acronym>
commands by typing: commands by typing:
@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ mydb=> \g
</programlisting> </programlisting>
This tells the server to process the query. If you This tells the server to process the query. If you
terminate your query with a semicolon, the <quote>\g</quote> is not terminate your query with a semicolon, the "<literal>\g</literal>" is not
necessary. necessary.
<application>psql</application> will automatically process <application>psql</application> will automatically process
semicolon terminated queries. semicolon terminated queries.
@ -386,9 +386,9 @@ mydb=> \q
White space (i.e., spaces, tabs and newlines) may be White space (i.e., spaces, tabs and newlines) may be
used freely in <acronym>SQL</acronym> queries. Single-line used freely in <acronym>SQL</acronym> queries. Single-line
comments are denoted by comments are denoted by
<quote>--</quote>. Everything after the dashes up to the end of the "<literal>--</literal>". Everything after the dashes up to the end of the
line is ignored. Multiple-line comments, and comments within a line, line is ignored. Multiple-line comments, and comments within a line,
are denoted by <quote>/* ... */</quote> are denoted by "<literal>/* ... */</literal>".
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>

86
doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml,v 1.19 2000/04/08 23:12:00 momjian Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml,v 1.20 2000/05/02 20:01:53 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="syntax"> <chapter id="syntax">
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml,v 1.19 2000/04/08 23:12:00 momj
Any string can be specified as an identifier if surrounded by Any string can be specified as an identifier if surrounded by
double quotes (<quote>like this!</quote>). Some care is required since double quotes (<quote>like this!</quote>). Some care is required since
such an identifier will be case sensitive such an identifier will be case sensitive
and will retain embedded whitespace other special characters. and will retain embedded whitespace and most other special characters.
</para> </para>
</tip> </tip>
@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ EXPLAIN EXTEND
LISTEN LOAD LOCK LISTEN LOAD LOCK
MOVE MOVE
NEW NONE NOTIFY NEW NONE NOTIFY
OFFSET
RESET RESET
SETOF SHOW SETOF SHOW
UNLISTEN UNTIL UNLISTEN UNTIL
@ -98,19 +99,27 @@ VACUUM VERBOSE
are allowed to be present as column labels, but not as identifiers: are allowed to be present as column labels, but not as identifiers:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CASE COALESCE CROSS CURRENT CURRENT_USER CURRENT_SESSION ALL ANY ASC BETWEEN BIT BOTH
DEC DECIMAL CASE CAST CHAR CHARACTER CHECK COALESCE COLLATE COLUMN
ELSE END CONSTRAINT CROSS CURRENT CURRENT_DATE CURRENT_TIME
FALSE FOREIGN CURRENT_TIMESTAMP CURRENT_USER
DEC DECIMAL DEFAULT DESC DISTINCT
ELSE END EXCEPT EXISTS EXTRACT
FALSE FLOAT FOR FOREIGN FROM FULL
GLOBAL GROUP GLOBAL GROUP
LOCAL HAVING
NULLIF NUMERIC IN INNER INTERSECT INTO IS
ORDER JOIN
POSITION PRECISION LEADING LEFT LIKE LOCAL
SESSION_USER NATURAL NCHAR NOT NULL NULLIF NUMERIC
TABLE THEN TRANSACTION TRUE ON OR ORDER OUTER OVERLAPS
USER POSITION PRECISION PRIMARY PUBLIC
WHEN REFERENCES RIGHT
SELECT SESSION_USER SOME SUBSTRING
TABLE THEN TO TRANSACTION TRIM TRUE
UNION UNIQUE USER
VARCHAR
WHEN WHERE
</programlisting> </programlisting>
The following are <productname>Postgres</productname> The following are <productname>Postgres</productname>
@ -118,12 +127,9 @@ WHEN
or <acronym>SQL3</acronym> reserved words: or <acronym>SQL3</acronym> reserved words:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
ADD ALL ALTER AND ANY AS ASC ADD ALTER AND AS
BEGIN BETWEEN BOTH BY BEGIN BY
CASCADE CAST CHAR CHARACTER CHECK CLOSE CASCADE CLOSE COMMIT CREATE CURSOR
COLLATE COLUMN COMMIT CONSTRAINT CREATE
CURRENT_DATE CURRENT_TIME CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
CURSOR
DECLARE DEFAULT DELETE DESC DISTINCT DROP DECLARE DEFAULT DELETE DESC DISTINCT DROP
EXECUTE EXISTS EXTRACT EXECUTE EXISTS EXTRACT
FETCH FLOAT FOR FROM FULL FETCH FLOAT FOR FROM FULL
@ -148,10 +154,10 @@ WHERE WITH WORK
The following are <acronym>SQL92</acronym> reserved key words which The following are <acronym>SQL92</acronym> reserved key words which
are not <productname>Postgres</productname> reserved key words, but which are not <productname>Postgres</productname> reserved key words, but which
if used as function names are always translated into the function if used as function names are always translated into the function
<function>length</function>: <function>CHAR_LENGTH</function>:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CHAR_LENGTH CHARACTER_LENGTH CHARACTER_LENGTH
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -166,12 +172,28 @@ BOOLEAN DOUBLE FLOAT INT INTEGER INTERVAL REAL SMALLINT
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para>
The following are not keywords of any kind, but when used in the
context of a type name are translated into a native
<productname>Postgres</productname> type, and when used in the
context of a function name are translated into a native function:
<programlisting>
DATETIME TIMESPAN
</programlisting>
(translated to <type>TIMESTAMP</type> and <type>INTERVAL</type>,
respectively). This feature is intended to help with
transitioning to v7.0, and will be removed in the next full
release (likely v7.1).
</para>
<para> <para>
The following are either <acronym>SQL92</acronym> The following are either <acronym>SQL92</acronym>
or <acronym>SQL3</acronym> reserved key words or <acronym>SQL3</acronym> reserved key words
which are not key words in <productname>Postgres</productname>. which are not key words in <productname>Postgres</productname>.
These have no proscribed usage in <productname>Postgres</productname> These have no proscribed usage in <productname>Postgres</productname>
at the time of writing (v6.5) but may become reserved key words in the at the time of writing (v7.0) but may become reserved key words in the
future: future:
<note> <note>
@ -185,9 +207,10 @@ BOOLEAN DOUBLE FLOAT INT INTEGER INTERVAL REAL SMALLINT
<programlisting> <programlisting>
ALLOCATE ARE ASSERTION AT AUTHORIZATION AVG ALLOCATE ARE ASSERTION AT AUTHORIZATION AVG
BIT BIT_LENGTH BIT_LENGTH
CASCADED CATALOG COLLATION CONNECT CONNECTION CASCADED CATALOG CHAR_LENGTH CHARACTER_LENGTH COLLATION
CONTINUE CONVERT CORRESPONDING COUNT CONNECT CONNECTION CONTINUE CONVERT CORRESPONDING COUNT
CURRENT_SESSION
DATE DEALLOCATE DEC DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR DATE DEALLOCATE DEC DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR
DIAGNOSTICS DISCONNECT DOMAIN DIAGNOSTICS DISCONNECT DOMAIN
ESCAPE EXCEPT EXCEPTION EXEC EXTERNAL ESCAPE EXCEPT EXCEPTION EXEC EXTERNAL
@ -231,20 +254,21 @@ WHENEVER WRITE
<programlisting> <programlisting>
ACCESS AFTER AGGREGATE ACCESS AFTER AGGREGATE
BACKWARD BEFORE BACKWARD BEFORE
CACHE CREATEDB CREATEUSER CYCLE CACHE COMMENT CREATEDB CREATEUSER CYCLE
DATABASE DELIMITERS DATABASE DELIMITERS
EACH ENCODING EXCLUSIVE EACH ENCODING EXCLUSIVE
FORWARD FUNCTION FORCE FORWARD FUNCTION
HANDLER HANDLER
INCREMENT INDEX INHERITS INSENSITIVE INSTEAD ISNULL INCREMENT INDEX INHERITS INSENSITIVE INSTEAD ISNULL
LANCOMPILER LOCATION LANCOMPILER LOCATION
MAXVALUE MINVALUE MODE MAXVALUE MINVALUE MODE
NOCREATEDB NOCREATEUSER NOTHING NOTNULL NOCREATEDB NOCREATEUSER NOTHING NOTIFY NOTNULL
OIDS OPERATOR OIDS OPERATOR
PASSWORD PROCEDURAL PASSWORD PROCEDURAL
RECIPE RENAME RETURNS ROW RULE RECIPE REINDEX RENAME RETURNS ROW RULE
SEQUENCE SERIAL SHARE START STATEMENT STDIN STDOUT SEQUENCE SERIAL SHARE START STATEMENT STDIN STDOUT
TRUSTED TEMP TRUSTED
UNLISTEN UNTIL
VALID VERSION VALID VERSION
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>

583
doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml
View File

@ -1,187 +1,332 @@
<Chapter Id="triggers"> <chapter id="triggers">
<Title>Triggers</Title> <title>Triggers</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> has various client interfaces <productname>Postgres</productname> has various client interfaces
such as Perl, Tcl, Python and C, as well as two such as Perl, Tcl, Python and C, as well as three
<FirstTerm>Procedural Languages</FirstTerm> <firstterm>Procedural Languages</firstterm>
(PL). It is also possible (PL). It is also possible
to call C functions as trigger actions. Note that STATEMENT-level trigger to call C functions as trigger actions. Note that STATEMENT-level trigger
events are not supported in the current version. You can currently specify events are not supported in the current version. You can currently specify
BEFORE or AFTER on INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE of a tuple as a trigger event. BEFORE or AFTER on INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE of a tuple as a trigger event.
</Para> </para>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Trigger Creation</Title> <title>Trigger Creation</title>
<Para> <para>
If a trigger event occurs, the trigger manager (called by the Executor) If a trigger event occurs, the trigger manager (called by the Executor)
initializes the global structure TriggerData *CurrentTriggerData (described initializes the global structure TriggerData *CurrentTriggerData (described
below) and calls the trigger function to handle the event. below) and calls the trigger function to handle the event.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
The trigger function must be created before the trigger is created as a The trigger function must be created before the trigger is created as a
function taking no arguments and returns opaque. function taking no arguments and returns opaque.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
The syntax for creating triggers is as follows: The syntax for creating triggers is as follows:
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
CREATE TRIGGER &lt;trigger name&gt; &lt;BEFORE|AFTER&gt; &lt;INSERT|DELETE|UPDATE&gt; CREATE TRIGGER <replaceable>trigger</replaceable> [ BEFORE | AFTER ] [ INSERT | DELETE | UPDATE [ OR ... ] ]
ON &lt;relation name&gt; FOR EACH &lt;ROW|STATEMENT&gt; ON <replaceable>relation</replaceable> FOR EACH [ ROW | STATEMENT ]
EXECUTE PROCEDURE &lt;procedure name&gt; (&lt;function args&gt;); EXECUTE PROCEDURE <replaceable>procedure</replaceable>
</ProgramListing> (<replaceable>args</replaceable>);
</Para> </programlisting>
<Para> where the arguments are:
The name of the trigger is used if you ever have to delete the trigger.
It is used as an argument to the DROP TRIGGER command.
</Para>
<Para> <variablelist>
The next word determines whether the function is called before or after <varlistentry>
the event. <term>
</Para> <replaceable>trigger</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the trigger is
used if you ever have to delete the trigger.
It is used as an argument to the <command>DROP TRIGGER</command> command.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<Para> <varlistentry>
The next element of the command determines on what event(s) will trigger <term>BEFORE</term>
the function. Multiple events can be specified separated by OR. <term>AFTER</term>
</Para> <listitem>
<para>
Determines whether the function is called before or after
the event.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<Para> <varlistentry>
The relation name determines which table the event applies to. <term>INSERT</term>
</Para> <term>DELETE</term>
<term>UPDATE</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The next element of the command determines on what event(s) will trigger
the function. Multiple events can be specified separated by OR.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<Para> <varlistentry>
The FOR EACH statement determines whether the trigger is fired for each <term><replaceable>relation</replaceable></term>
affected row or before (or after) the entire statement has completed. <listitem>
</Para> <para>
The relation name determines which table the event applies to.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<Para> <varlistentry>
The procedure name is the C function called. <term>ROW</term>
</Para> <term>STATEMENT</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The FOR EACH clause determines whether the trigger is fired for each
affected row or before (or after) the entire statement has completed.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<Para> <varlistentry>
The args are passed to the function in the CurrentTriggerData structure. <term><replaceable>procedure</replaceable></term>
The purpose of passing arguments to the function is to allow different <listitem>
triggers with similar requirements to call the same function. <para>
</Para> The procedure name is the C function called.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<Para> <varlistentry>
Also, function may be used for triggering different relations (these <term><replaceable>args</replaceable></term>
functions are named as "general trigger functions"). <listitem>
</Para> <para>
The arguments passed to the function in the CurrentTriggerData structure.
The purpose of passing arguments to the function is to allow different
triggers with similar requirements to call the same function.
</para>
<Para> <para>
As example of using both features above, there could be a general Also, <replaceable>procedure</replaceable>
function that takes as its arguments two field names and puts the current may be used for triggering different relations (these
user in one and the current timestamp in the other. This allows triggers to functions are named as "general trigger functions").
be written on INSERT events to automatically track creation of records in a </para>
transaction table for example. It could also be used as a "last updated"
function if used in an UPDATE event.
</Para>
<Para> <para>
Trigger functions return HeapTuple to the calling Executor. This As example of using both features above, there could be a general
is ignored for triggers fired after an INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE operation function that takes as its arguments two field names and puts the current
but it allows BEFORE triggers to: user in one and the current timestamp in the other. This allows triggers to
be written on INSERT events to automatically track creation of records in a
transaction table for example. It could also be used as a "last updated"
function if used in an UPDATE event.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
- return NULL to skip the operation for the current tuple (and so the <para>
tuple will not be inserted/updated/deleted); Trigger functions return HeapTuple to the calling Executor. This
- return a pointer to another tuple (INSERT and UPDATE only) which will is ignored for triggers fired after an INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE operation
be inserted (as the new version of the updated tuple if UPDATE) instead but it allows BEFORE triggers to:
of original tuple.
</Para>
<Para> <itemizedlist>
Note, that there is no initialization performed by the CREATE TRIGGER <listitem>
handler. This will be changed in the future. Also, if more than one trigger <para>
is defined for the same event on the same relation, the order of trigger Return NULL to skip the operation for the current tuple (and so the
firing is unpredictable. This may be changed in the future. tuple will not be inserted/updated/deleted).
</Para> </para>
</listitem>
<Para> <listitem>
If a trigger function executes SQL-queries (using SPI) then these queries <para>
may fire triggers again. This is known as cascading triggers. There is no Return a pointer to another tuple (INSERT and UPDATE only) which will
explicit limitation on the number of cascade levels. be inserted (as the new version of the updated tuple if UPDATE) instead
</Para> of original tuple.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<Para> <para>
If a trigger is fired by INSERT and inserts a new tuple in the same Note that there is no initialization performed by the CREATE TRIGGER
relation then this trigger will be fired again. Currently, there is nothing handler. This will be changed in the future. Also, if more than one trigger
provided for synchronization (etc) of these cases but this may change. At is defined for the same event on the same relation, the order of trigger
the moment, there is function funny_dup17() in the regress tests which uses firing is unpredictable. This may be changed in the future.
some techniques to stop recursion (cascading) on itself... </para>
</Para>
</Sect1> <para>
If a trigger function executes SQL-queries (using SPI) then these queries
may fire triggers again. This is known as cascading triggers. There is no
explicit limitation on the number of cascade levels.
</para>
<Sect1> <para>
<Title>Interaction with the Trigger Manager</Title> If a trigger is fired by INSERT and inserts a new tuple in the same
relation then this trigger will be fired again. Currently, there is nothing
provided for synchronization (etc) of these cases but this may change. At
the moment, there is function funny_dup17() in the regress tests which uses
some techniques to stop recursion (cascading) on itself...
</para>
</sect1>
<Para> <sect1>
As mentioned above, when function is called by the trigger manager, <title>Interaction with the Trigger Manager</title>
structure TriggerData *CurrentTriggerData is NOT NULL and initialized. So
it is better to check CurrentTriggerData against being NULL at the start
and set it to NULL just after fetching the information to prevent calls to
a trigger function not from the trigger manager.
</Para>
<Para> <para>
struct TriggerData is defined in src/include/commands/trigger.h: As mentioned above, when function is called by the trigger manager,
structure TriggerData *CurrentTriggerData is NOT NULL and initialized. So
it is better to check CurrentTriggerData against being NULL at the start
and set it to NULL just after fetching the information to prevent calls to
a trigger function not from the trigger manager.
</para>
<ProgramListing> <para>
struct TriggerData is defined in src/include/commands/trigger.h:
<programlisting>
typedef struct TriggerData typedef struct TriggerData
{ {
TriggerEvent tg_event; TriggerEvent tg_event;
Relation tg_relation; Relation tg_relation;
HeapTuple tg_trigtuple; HeapTuple tg_trigtuple;
HeapTuple tg_newtuple; HeapTuple tg_newtuple;
Trigger *tg_trigger; Trigger *tg_trigger;
} TriggerData; } TriggerData;
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
<ProgramListing> where the members are defined as follows:
tg_event
describes event for which the function is called. You may use the
following macros to examine tg_event:
TRIGGER_FIRED_BEFORE(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired BEFORE; <variablelist>
TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired AFTER; <varlistentry>
TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired for <term>tg_event</term>
ROW-level event; <listitem>
TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired for <para>
STATEMENT-level event; describes the event for which the function is called. You may use the
TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired by INSERT; following macros to examine <literal>tg_event</literal>:
TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired by DELETE;
TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) returns TRUE if trigger fired by UPDATE.
tg_relation <variablelist>
is pointer to structure describing the triggered relation. Look at <varlistentry>
src/include/utils/rel.h for details about this structure. The most <term>TRIGGER_FIRED_BEFORE(tg_event)</term>
interest things are tg_relation->rd_att (descriptor of the relation <listitem>
tuples) and tg_relation->rd_rel->relname (relation's name. This is not <para>
char*, but NameData. Use SPI_getrelname(tg_relation) to get char* if returns TRUE if trigger fired BEFORE.
you need a copy of name). </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
tg_trigtuple <varlistentry>
is a pointer to the tuple for which the trigger is fired. This is the tuple <term>TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(tg_event)</term>
being inserted (if INSERT), deleted (if DELETE) or updated (if UPDATE). <listitem>
If INSERT/DELETE then this is what you are to return to Executor if <para>
you don't want to replace tuple with another one (INSERT) or skip the Returns TRUE if trigger fired AFTER.
operation. </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
tg_newtuple <varlistentry>
is a pointer to the new version of tuple if UPDATE and NULL if this is <term>TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(event)</term>
for an INSERT or a DELETE. This is what you are to return to Executor if <listitem>
UPDATE and you don't want to replace this tuple with another one or skip <para>
the operation. Returns TRUE if trigger fired for
a ROW-level event.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
tg_trigger <varlistentry>
is pointer to structure Trigger defined in src/include/utils/rel.h: <term>TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(event)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Returns TRUE if trigger fired for
STATEMENT-level event.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(event)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Returns TRUE if trigger fired by INSERT.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Returns TRUE if trigger fired by DELETE.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Returns TRUE if trigger fired by UPDATE.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>tg_relation</term>
<listitem>
<para>
is a pointer to structure describing the triggered relation. Look at
src/include/utils/rel.h for details about this structure. The most
interest things are tg_relation->rd_att (descriptor of the relation
tuples) and tg_relation->rd_rel->relname (relation's name. This is not
char*, but NameData. Use SPI_getrelname(tg_relation) to get char* if
you need a copy of name).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>tg_trigtuple</term>
<listitem>
<para>
is a pointer to the tuple for which the trigger is fired. This is the tuple
being inserted (if INSERT), deleted (if DELETE) or updated (if UPDATE).
If INSERT/DELETE then this is what you are to return to Executor if
you don't want to replace tuple with another one (INSERT) or skip the
operation.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>tg_newtuple</term>
<listitem>
<para>
is a pointer to the new version of tuple if UPDATE and NULL if this is
for an INSERT or a DELETE. This is what you are to return to Executor if
UPDATE and you don't want to replace this tuple with another one or skip
the operation.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>tg_trigger</term>
<listitem>
<para>
is pointer to structure Trigger defined in src/include/utils/rel.h:
<programlisting>
typedef struct Trigger typedef struct Trigger
{ {
Oid tgoid; Oid tgoid;
@ -197,64 +342,72 @@ typedef struct Trigger
int16 tgattr[FUNC_MAX_ARGS]; int16 tgattr[FUNC_MAX_ARGS];
char **tgargs; char **tgargs;
} Trigger; } Trigger;
</programlisting>
tgname is the trigger's name, tgnargs is number of arguments in tgargs, where
tgargs is an array of pointers to the arguments specified in the CREATE tgname is the trigger's name, tgnargs is number of arguments in tgargs,
TRIGGER statement. Other members are for internal use only. tgargs is an array of pointers to the arguments specified in the CREATE
</ProgramListing> TRIGGER statement. Other members are for internal use only.
</Para> </para>
</Sect1> </listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</sect1>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Visibility of Data Changes</Title> <title>Visibility of Data Changes</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> data changes visibility rule: during a query execution, data <productname>Postgres</productname> data changes visibility rule: during a query execution, data
changes made by the query itself (via SQL-function, SPI-function, triggers) changes made by the query itself (via SQL-function, SPI-function, triggers)
are invisible to the query scan. For example, in query are invisible to the query scan. For example, in query
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
INSERT INTO a SELECT * FROM a INSERT INTO a SELECT * FROM a;
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
tuples inserted are invisible for SELECT' scan. In effect, this tuples inserted are invisible for SELECT scan. In effect, this
duplicates the database table within itself (subject to unique index duplicates the database table within itself (subject to unique index
rules, of course) without recursing. rules, of course) without recursing.
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
But keep in mind this notice about visibility in the SPI documentation: But keep in mind this notice about visibility in the SPI documentation:
<ProgramListing> <blockquote>
Changes made by query Q are visible by queries which are started after <para>
query Q, no matter whether they are started inside Q (during the Changes made by query Q are visible by queries which are started after
execution of Q) or after Q is done. query Q, no matter whether they are started inside Q (during the
</ProgramListing> execution of Q) or after Q is done.
</Para> </para>
</blockquote>
</para>
<Para> <para>
This is true for triggers as well so, though a tuple being inserted This is true for triggers as well so, though a tuple being inserted
(tg_trigtuple) is not visible to queries in a BEFORE trigger, this tuple (tg_trigtuple) is not visible to queries in a BEFORE trigger, this tuple
(just inserted) is visible to queries in an AFTER trigger, and to queries (just inserted) is visible to queries in an AFTER trigger, and to queries
in BEFORE/AFTER triggers fired after this! in BEFORE/AFTER triggers fired after this!
</Para> </para>
</Sect1> </sect1>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>Examples</Title> <title>Examples</title>
<Para> <para>
There are more complex examples in in src/test/regress/regress.c and There are more complex examples in
in contrib/spi. <filename>src/test/regress/regress.c</filename> and
</Para> in <filename>contrib/spi</filename>.
</para>
<Para> <para>
Here is a very simple example of trigger usage. Function trigf reports Here is a very simple example of trigger usage. Function trigf reports
the number of tuples in the triggered relation ttest and skips the the number of tuples in the triggered relation ttest and skips the
operation if the query attempts to insert NULL into x (i.e - it acts as a operation if the query attempts to insert NULL into x (i.e - it acts as a
NOT NULL constraint but doesn't abort the transaction). NOT NULL constraint but doesn't abort the transaction).
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
#include "executor/spi.h" /* this is what you need to work with SPI */ #include "executor/spi.h" /* this is what you need to work with SPI */
#include "commands/trigger.h" /* -"- and triggers */ #include "commands/trigger.h" /* -"- and triggers */
@ -317,16 +470,19 @@ trigf()
return (rettuple); return (rettuple);
} }
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
</Para> </para>
<Para> <para>
Now, compile and Now, compile and
create table ttest (x int4); create table ttest (x int4):
<programlisting>
create function trigf () returns opaque as create function trigf () returns opaque as
'...path_to_so' language 'c'; '...path_to_so' language 'c';
</programlisting>
<ProgramListing> <programlisting>
vac=> create trigger tbefore before insert or update or delete on ttest vac=> create trigger tbefore before insert or update or delete on ttest
for each row execute procedure trigf(); for each row execute procedure trigf();
CREATE CREATE
@ -395,8 +551,25 @@ vac=> select * from ttest;
x x
- -
(0 rows) (0 rows)
</ProgramListing> </programlisting>
</Para> </para>
</Sect1> </sect1>
</Chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

67
doc/src/sgml/tutorial.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/tutorial.sgml,v 1.9 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/tutorial.sgml,v 1.10 2000/05/02 20:01:53 thomas Exp $
Postgres tutorial. Derived from postgres.sgml. Postgres tutorial. Derived from postgres.sgml.
thomas 1998-02-23 thomas 1998-02-23
@ -23,27 +23,28 @@ thomas 1998-02-23
<!entity sql SYSTEM "sql.sgml"> <!entity sql SYSTEM "sql.sgml">
<!entity start SYSTEM "start.sgml"> <!entity start SYSTEM "start.sgml">
]> ]>
<Book Id="tutorial">
<book id="tutorial">
<!-- Title information --> <!-- Title information -->
<Title>PostgreSQL Tutorial</Title> <title>PostgreSQL Tutorial</title>
<BookInfo> <bookinfo>
<ReleaseInfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</ReleaseInfo> <releaseinfo>Covering v7.0 for general release</releaseinfo>
<BookBiblio> <bookbiblio>
<AuthorGroup> <authorgroup>
<CorpAuthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</CorpAuthor> <corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor>
</AuthorGroup> </authorgroup>
<!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported <!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported
<AuthorGroup> <AuthorGroup>
--> -->
<Editor> <editor>
<FirstName>Thomas</FirstName> <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
<SurName>Lockhart</SurName> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
<Affiliation> <affiliation>
<OrgName>Caltech/JPL</OrgName> <orgname>Caltech/JPL</orgname>
</Affiliation> </affiliation>
</Editor> </editor>
<!-- <!--
</AuthorGroup> </AuthorGroup>
--> -->
@ -52,17 +53,17 @@ thomas 1998-02-23
<AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials> <AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials>
--> -->
<Date>(last updated 1999-05-19)</Date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</BookBiblio> </bookbiblio>
<LegalNotice> <legalnotice>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is Copyright &copy; 1996-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</Para> </para>
</LegalNotice> </legalnotice>
</BookInfo> </bookinfo>
<!-- <!--
<TOC> </TOC> <TOC> </TOC>
@ -77,20 +78,20 @@ Your name here...
</Dedication> </Dedication>
--> -->
<Preface> <preface>
<Title>Summary</Title> <title>Summary</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department, developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department,
pioneered many of the object-relational concepts pioneered many of the object-relational concepts
now becoming available in some commercial databases. now becoming available in some commercial databases.
It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support, It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support,
transaction integrity, and type extensibility. transaction integrity, and type extensibility.
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is an open-source descendant <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is an open-source descendant
of this original Berkeley code. of this original Berkeley code.
</Para> </para>
</Preface> </preface>
&intro; &intro;
&sql; &sql;
@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ Your name here...
<INDEX> </INDEX> <INDEX> </INDEX>
--> -->
</Book> </book>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file <!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables: Local variables:

19
doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml
View File

@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ the "preferred type" for strings, <type>text</type>, for this query.
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
If a user defines a new type and defines an operator <quote>||</quote> to work If a user defines a new type and defines an operator "<literal>||</literal>" to work
with it, then this query would no longer succeed as written. The parser would with it, then this query would no longer succeed as written. The parser would
now have candidate types from two categories, and could not decide which to use. now have candidate types from two categories, and could not decide which to use.
</para> </para>
@ -721,3 +721,20 @@ tgl=> SELECT f AS "Floating point" from ff;
</sect2> </sect2>
</sect1> </sect1>
</chapter> </chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

64
doc/src/sgml/user.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/user.sgml,v 1.18 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/user.sgml,v 1.19 2000/05/02 20:01:53 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN" [ <!doctype book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN" [
@ -39,27 +39,27 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/user.sgml,v 1.18 2000/03/31 03:27:41
%allfiles; %allfiles;
]> ]>
<Book Id="user"> <book id="user">
<!-- Title information --> <!-- Title information -->
<Title>PostgreSQL User's Guide</Title> <title>PostgreSQL User's Guide</title>
<BookInfo> <bookinfo>
<ReleaseInfo>Covering v6.5 for general release</ReleaseInfo> <releaseinfo>Covering v7.0 for general release</releaseinfo>
<BookBiblio> <bookbiblio>
<AuthorGroup> <authorgroup>
<CorpAuthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</CorpAuthor> <corpauthor>The PostgreSQL Development Team</corpauthor>
</AuthorGroup> </authorgroup>
<!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported <!-- editor in authorgroup is not supported
<AuthorGroup> <AuthorGroup>
--> -->
<Editor> <editor>
<FirstName>Thomas</FirstName> <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
<SurName>Lockhart</SurName> <surname>Lockhart</surname>
<Affiliation> <affiliation>
<OrgName>Caltech/JPL</OrgName> <orgname>Caltech/JPL</orgname>
</Affiliation> </affiliation>
</Editor> </editor>
<!-- <!--
</AuthorGroup> </AuthorGroup>
--> -->
@ -68,17 +68,17 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/user.sgml,v 1.18 2000/03/31 03:27:41
<AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials> <AuthorInitials>TGL</AuthorInitials>
--> -->
<Date>(last updated 1999-06-01)</Date> <date>(last updated 2000-05-01)</date>
</BookBiblio> </bookbiblio>
<LegalNotice> <legalnotice>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is Copyright &copy; 1996-9 <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is Copyright &copy; 1996-2000
by the Postgres Global Development Group. by PostgreSQL Inc.
</Para> </para>
</LegalNotice> </legalnotice>
</BookInfo> </bookinfo>
<!-- <!--
<TOC> </TOC> <TOC> </TOC>
@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ Your name here...
--> -->
<preface id="preface"> <preface id="preface">
<Title>Summary</Title> <title>Summary</title>
<Para> <para>
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>, <productname>Postgres</productname>,
developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department, developed originally in the UC Berkeley Computer Science Department,
pioneered many of the object-relational concepts pioneered many of the object-relational concepts
now becoming available in some commercial databases. now becoming available in some commercial databases.
It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support, It provides SQL92/SQL3 language support,
transaction integrity, and type extensibility. transaction integrity, and type extensibility.
<ProductName>PostgreSQL</ProductName> is an open-source descendant <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> is an open-source descendant
of this original Berkeley code. of this original Berkeley code.
</Para> </para>
</Preface> </preface>
&intro; &intro;
&syntax; &syntax;
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Your name here...
</index> </index>
--> -->
</Book> </book>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file <!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables: Local variables:

293
doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml,v 1.13 2000/03/31 03:27:41 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml,v 1.14 2000/05/02 20:01:53 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<chapter id="xfunc"> <chapter id="xfunc">
@ -123,16 +123,16 @@ select function hobbies (EMP) returns set of HOBBIES
simply returns a base type, such as <literal>int4</literal>: simply returns a base type, such as <literal>int4</literal>:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION one() RETURNS int4 CREATE FUNCTION one() RETURNS int4
AS 'SELECT 1 as RESULT' LANGUAGE 'sql'; AS 'SELECT 1 as RESULT' LANGUAGE 'sql';
SELECT one() AS answer; SELECT one() AS answer;
+-------+ +-------+
|answer | |answer |
+-------+ +-------+
|1 | |1 |
+-------+ +-------+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -149,16 +149,16 @@ select function hobbies (EMP) returns set of HOBBIES
and $2: and $2:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION add_em(int4, int4) RETURNS int4 CREATE FUNCTION add_em(int4, int4) RETURNS int4
AS 'SELECT $1 + $2;' LANGUAGE 'sql'; AS 'SELECT $1 + $2;' LANGUAGE 'sql';
SELECT add_em(1, 2) AS answer; SELECT add_em(1, 2) AS answer;
+-------+ +-------+
|answer | |answer |
+-------+ +-------+
|3 | |3 |
+-------+ +-------+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -175,19 +175,19 @@ select function hobbies (EMP) returns set of HOBBIES
salary would be if it were doubled: salary would be if it were doubled:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION double_salary(EMP) RETURNS int4 CREATE FUNCTION double_salary(EMP) RETURNS int4
AS 'SELECT $1.salary * 2 AS salary;' LANGUAGE 'sql'; AS 'SELECT $1.salary * 2 AS salary;' LANGUAGE 'sql';
SELECT name, double_salary(EMP) AS dream SELECT name, double_salary(EMP) AS dream
FROM EMP FROM EMP
WHERE EMP.cubicle ~= '(2,1)'::point; WHERE EMP.cubicle ~= '(2,1)'::point;
+-----+-------+ +-----+-------+
|name | dream | |name | dream |
+-----+-------+ +-----+-------+
|Sam | 2400 | |Sam | 2400 |
+-----+-------+ +-----+-------+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -199,19 +199,19 @@ select function hobbies (EMP) returns set of HOBBIES
notation attribute(class) and class.attribute interchangably: notation attribute(class) and class.attribute interchangably:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
-- --
-- this is the same as: -- this is the same as:
-- SELECT EMP.name AS youngster FROM EMP WHERE EMP.age &lt; 30 -- SELECT EMP.name AS youngster FROM EMP WHERE EMP.age &lt; 30
-- --
SELECT name(EMP) AS youngster SELECT name(EMP) AS youngster
FROM EMP FROM EMP
WHERE age(EMP) &lt; 30; WHERE age(EMP) &lt; 30;
+----------+ +----------+
|youngster | |youngster |
+----------+ +----------+
|Sam | |Sam |
+----------+ +----------+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -223,12 +223,12 @@ select function hobbies (EMP) returns set of HOBBIES
that returns a single EMP instance: that returns a single EMP instance:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION new_emp() RETURNS EMP CREATE FUNCTION new_emp() RETURNS EMP
AS 'SELECT \'None\'::text AS name, AS 'SELECT \'None\'::text AS name,
1000 AS salary, 1000 AS salary,
25 AS age, 25 AS age,
\'(2,2)\'::point AS cubicle' \'(2,2)\'::point AS cubicle'
LANGUAGE 'sql'; LANGUAGE 'sql';
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -266,13 +266,13 @@ WARN::function declared to return type EMP does not retrieve (EMP.*)
entire instance into another function. entire instance into another function.
<programlisting> <programlisting>
SELECT name(new_emp()) AS nobody; SELECT name(new_emp()) AS nobody;
+-------+ +-------+
|nobody | |nobody |
+-------+ +-------+
|None | |None |
+-------+ +-------+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ WARN::function declared to return type EMP does not retrieve (EMP.*)
with function calls. with function calls.
<programlisting> <programlisting>
SELECT new_emp().name AS nobody; SELECT new_emp().name AS nobody;
WARN:parser: syntax error at or near "." WARN:parser: syntax error at or near "."
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -303,19 +303,18 @@ WARN::function declared to return type EMP does not retrieve (EMP.*)
specified as the function's returntype. specified as the function's returntype.
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION clean_EMP () RETURNS int4 CREATE FUNCTION clean_EMP () RETURNS int4
AS 'DELETE FROM EMP WHERE EMP.salary &lt;= 0; AS 'DELETE FROM EMP WHERE EMP.salary &lt;= 0;
SELECT 1 AS ignore_this' SELECT 1 AS ignore_this'
LANGUAGE 'sql'; LANGUAGE 'sql';
SELECT clean_EMP(); SELECT clean_EMP();
+--+ +--+
|x | |x |
+--+ +--+
|1 | |1 |
+--+ +--+
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -688,62 +687,62 @@ memmove(destination-&gt;data, buffer, 40);
Suppose <filename>funcs.c</filename> look like: Suppose <filename>funcs.c</filename> look like:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
#include &lt;string.h&gt; #include &lt;string.h&gt;
#include "postgres.h" #include "postgres.h"
/* By Value */ /* By Value */
int int
add_one(int arg) add_one(int arg)
{ {
return(arg + 1); return(arg + 1);
} }
/* By Reference, Fixed Length */
Point *
makepoint(Point *pointx, Point *pointy )
{
Point *new_point = (Point *) palloc(sizeof(Point));
new_point->x = pointx->x;
new_point->y = pointy->y;
return new_point;
}
/* By Reference, Variable Length */
text *
copytext(text *t)
{
/*
* VARSIZE is the total size of the struct in bytes.
*/
text *new_t = (text *) palloc(VARSIZE(t));
memset(new_t, 0, VARSIZE(t));
VARSIZE(new_t) = VARSIZE(t);
/*
* VARDATA is a pointer to the data region of the struct.
*/
memcpy((void *) VARDATA(new_t), /* destination */
(void *) VARDATA(t), /* source */
VARSIZE(t)-VARHDRSZ); /* how many bytes */
return(new_t);
}
text *
concat_text(text *arg1, text *arg2)
{
int32 new_text_size = VARSIZE(arg1) + VARSIZE(arg2) - VARHDRSZ;
text *new_text = (text *) palloc(new_text_size);
memset((void *) new_text, 0, new_text_size); /* By Reference, Fixed Length */
VARSIZE(new_text) = new_text_size;
strncpy(VARDATA(new_text), VARDATA(arg1), VARSIZE(arg1)-VARHDRSZ); Point *
strncat(VARDATA(new_text), VARDATA(arg2), VARSIZE(arg2)-VARHDRSZ); makepoint(Point *pointx, Point *pointy )
return (new_text); {
} Point *new_point = (Point *) palloc(sizeof(Point));
new_point->x = pointx->x;
new_point->y = pointy->y;
return new_point;
}
/* By Reference, Variable Length */
text *
copytext(text *t)
{
/*
* VARSIZE is the total size of the struct in bytes.
*/
text *new_t = (text *) palloc(VARSIZE(t));
memset(new_t, 0, VARSIZE(t));
VARSIZE(new_t) = VARSIZE(t);
/*
* VARDATA is a pointer to the data region of the struct.
*/
memcpy((void *) VARDATA(new_t), /* destination */
(void *) VARDATA(t), /* source */
VARSIZE(t)-VARHDRSZ); /* how many bytes */
return(new_t);
}
text *
concat_text(text *arg1, text *arg2)
{
int32 new_text_size = VARSIZE(arg1) + VARSIZE(arg2) - VARHDRSZ;
text *new_text = (text *) palloc(new_text_size);
memset((void *) new_text, 0, new_text_size);
VARSIZE(new_text) = new_text_size;
strncpy(VARDATA(new_text), VARDATA(arg1), VARSIZE(arg1)-VARHDRSZ);
strncat(VARDATA(new_text), VARDATA(arg2), VARSIZE(arg2)-VARHDRSZ);
return (new_text);
}
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -751,17 +750,17 @@ memmove(destination-&gt;data, buffer, 40);
On <acronym>OSF/1</acronym> we would type: On <acronym>OSF/1</acronym> we would type:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
CREATE FUNCTION add_one(int4) RETURNS int4 CREATE FUNCTION add_one(int4) RETURNS int4
AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c'; AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c';
CREATE FUNCTION makepoint(point, point) RETURNS point CREATE FUNCTION makepoint(point, point) RETURNS point
AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c'; AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c';
CREATE FUNCTION concat_text(text, text) RETURNS text CREATE FUNCTION concat_text(text, text) RETURNS text
AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c'; AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c';
CREATE FUNCTION copytext(text) RETURNS text CREATE FUNCTION copytext(text) RETURNS text
AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c'; AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c';
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -796,20 +795,20 @@ memmove(destination-&gt;data, buffer, 40);
In the query above, we can define c_overpaid as: In the query above, we can define c_overpaid as:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
#include "postgres.h" #include "postgres.h"
#include "executor/executor.h" /* for GetAttributeByName() */ #include "executor/executor.h" /* for GetAttributeByName() */
bool bool
c_overpaid(TupleTableSlot *t, /* the current instance of EMP */ c_overpaid(TupleTableSlot *t, /* the current instance of EMP */
int4 limit) int4 limit)
{ {
bool isnull = false; bool isnull = false;
int4 salary; int4 salary;
salary = (int4) GetAttributeByName(t, "salary", &amp;isnull); salary = (int4) GetAttributeByName(t, "salary", &amp;isnull);
if (isnull) if (isnull)
return (false); return (false);
return(salary &gt; limit); return(salary &gt; limit);
} }
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -827,9 +826,9 @@ memmove(destination-&gt;data, buffer, 40);
call would look like: call would look like:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
char *str; char *str;
... ...
str = (char *) GetAttributeByName(t, "name", &amp;isnull) str = (char *) GetAttributeByName(t, "name", &amp;isnull)
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>
@ -838,8 +837,8 @@ memmove(destination-&gt;data, buffer, 40);
know about the c_overpaid function: know about the c_overpaid function:
<programlisting> <programlisting>
* CREATE FUNCTION c_overpaid(EMP, int4) RETURNS bool * CREATE FUNCTION c_overpaid(EMP, int4) RETURNS bool
AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/obj/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c'; AS '<replaceable>PGROOT</replaceable>/tutorial/obj/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c';
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</para> </para>

252
doc/src/sgml/xtypes.sgml
View File

@ -1,20 +1,20 @@
<Chapter Id="xtypes"> <chapter id="xtypes">
<Title>Extending <Acronym>SQL</Acronym>: Types</Title> <title>Extending <acronym>SQL</acronym>: Types</title>
<Para> <para>
As previously mentioned, there are two kinds of types As previously mentioned, there are two kinds of types
in <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName>: base types (defined in a programming language) in <productname>Postgres</productname>: base types (defined in a programming language)
and composite types (instances). and composite types (instances).
Examples in this section up to interfacing indices can Examples in this section up to interfacing indices can
be found in <FileName>complex.sql</FileName> and <FileName>complex.c</FileName>. Composite examples be found in <filename>complex.sql</filename> and <filename>complex.c</filename>. Composite examples
are in <FileName>funcs.sql</FileName>. are in <filename>funcs.sql</filename>.
</Para> </para>
<Sect1> <sect1>
<Title>User-Defined Types</Title> <title>User-Defined Types</title>
<Sect2> <sect2>
<Title>Functions Needed for a User-Defined Type</Title> <title>Functions Needed for a User-Defined Type</title>
<Para> <para>
A user-defined type must always have input and output A user-defined type must always have input and output
functions. These functions determine how the type functions. These functions determine how the type
appears in strings (for input by the user and output to appears in strings (for input by the user and output to
@ -26,124 +26,152 @@
delimited character string. delimited character string.
Suppose we want to define a complex type which represents Suppose we want to define a complex type which represents
complex numbers. Naturally, we choose to represent a complex numbers. Naturally, we choose to represent a
complex in memory as the following <Acronym>C</Acronym> structure: complex in memory as the following <acronym>C</acronym> structure:
<ProgramListing>
typedef struct Complex { <programlisting>
double x; typedef struct Complex {
double y; double x;
} Complex; double y;
</ProgramListing> } Complex;
</programlisting>
and a string of the form (x,y) as the external string and a string of the form (x,y) as the external string
representation. representation.
These functions are usually not hard to write, especially These functions are usually not hard to write, especially
the output function. However, there are a number of points the output function. However, there are a number of points
to remember: to remember:
<ItemizedList> <itemizedlist>
<ListItem> <listitem>
<Para> When defining your external (string) representation, <para> When defining your external (string) representation,
remember that you must eventually write a remember that you must eventually write a
complete and robust parser for that representation complete and robust parser for that representation
as your input function! as your input function!
<ProgramListing>
Complex *
complex_in(char *str)
{
double x, y;
Complex *result;
if (sscanf(str, " ( %lf , %lf )", &amp;x, &amp;y) != 2) {
elog(WARN, "complex_in: error in parsing
return NULL;
}
result = (Complex *)palloc(sizeof(Complex));
result-&gt;x = x;
result-&gt;y = y;
return (result);
}
</ProgramListing>
The output function can simply be: <programlisting>
<ProgramListing> Complex *
char * complex_in(char *str)
complex_out(Complex *complex) {
{ double x, y;
char *result; Complex *result;
if (complex == NULL) if (sscanf(str, " ( %lf , %lf )", &amp;x, &amp;y) != 2) {
return(NULL); elog(WARN, "complex_in: error in parsing
result = (char *) palloc(60); return NULL;
sprintf(result, "(%g,%g)", complex-&gt;x, complex-&gt;y); }
return(result); result = (Complex *)palloc(sizeof(Complex));
} result-&gt;x = x;
</ProgramListing> result-&gt;y = y;
</Para> return (result);
</ListItem> }
<ListItem> </programlisting>
<Para> You should try to make the input and output
functions inverses of each other. If you do The output function can simply be:
not, you will have severe problems when you need
to dump your data into a file and then read it <programlisting>
back in (say, into someone else's database on char *
another computer). This is a particularly common complex_out(Complex *complex)
problem when floating-point numbers are {
involved. char *result;
</Para> if (complex == NULL)
</ListItem> return(NULL);
</ItemizedList> result = (char *) palloc(60);
</para> sprintf(result, "(%g,%g)", complex-&gt;x, complex-&gt;y);
<Para> return(result);
To define the <Acronym>complex</Acronym> type, we need to create the two }
</programlisting>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
You should try to make the input and output
functions inverses of each other. If you do
not, you will have severe problems when you need
to dump your data into a file and then read it
back in (say, into someone else's database on
another computer). This is a particularly common
problem when floating-point numbers are
involved.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
To define the <acronym>complex</acronym> type, we need to create the two
user-defined functions complex_in and complex_out user-defined functions complex_in and complex_out
before creating the type: before creating the type:
<ProgramListing>
CREATE FUNCTION complex_in(opaque)
RETURNS complex
AS 'PGROOT/tutorial/obj/complex.so'
LANGUAGE 'c';
CREATE FUNCTION complex_out(opaque) <programlisting>
RETURNS opaque CREATE FUNCTION complex_in(opaque)
AS 'PGROOT/tutorial/obj/complex.so' RETURNS complex
LANGUAGE 'c'; AS 'PGROOT/tutorial/obj/complex.so'
LANGUAGE 'c';
CREATE TYPE complex ( CREATE FUNCTION complex_out(opaque)
internallength = 16, RETURNS opaque
input = complex_in, AS 'PGROOT/tutorial/obj/complex.so'
output = complex_out LANGUAGE 'c';
);
</ProgramListing>
</Para>
<Para> CREATE TYPE complex (
As discussed earlier, <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> fully supports arrays of internallength = 16,
base types. Additionally, <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> supports arrays of input = complex_in,
output = complex_out
);
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
As discussed earlier, <productname>Postgres</productname> fully supports arrays of
base types. Additionally, <productname>Postgres</productname> supports arrays of
user-defined types as well. When you define a type, user-defined types as well. When you define a type,
<ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> automatically provides support for arrays of <productname>Postgres</productname> automatically provides support for arrays of
that type. For historical reasons, the array type has that type. For historical reasons, the array type has
the same name as the user-defined type with the the same name as the user-defined type with the
underscore character _ prepended. underscore character _ prepended.
Composite types do not need any function defined on Composite types do not need any function defined on
them, since the system already understands what they them, since the system already understands what they
look like inside. look like inside.
</Para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
<Sect2>
<Title>Large Objects</Title>
<Para> <sect2>
<title>Large Objects</title>
<para>
The types discussed to this point are all "small" The types discussed to this point are all "small"
objects -- that is, they are smaller than 8KB in size. objects -- that is, they are smaller than 8KB in size.
<Note> <note>
<Para> <para>
1024 longwords == 8192 bytes. In fact, the type must be considerably smaller than 8192 bytes, 1024 longwords == 8192 bytes. In fact, the type must be considerably smaller than 8192 bytes,
since the <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> tuple since the <productname>Postgres</productname> tuple
and page overhead must also fit into this 8KB limitation. and page overhead must also fit into this 8KB limitation.
The actual value that fits depends on the machine architecture. The actual value that fits depends on the machine architecture.
</Para> </para>
</Note> </note>
If you require a larger type for something like a document If you require a larger type for something like a document
retrieval system or for storing bitmaps, you will retrieval system or for storing bitmaps, you will
need to use the <ProductName>Postgres</ProductName> large object interface. need to use the <productname>Postgres</productname> large object
</para> interface, or will need to recompile the
</Sect2> <productname>Postgres</productname> backend to use internal
</Sect1> storage blocks greater than 8kbytes..
</Chapter> </para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode:sgml
sgml-omittag:nil
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:1
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

6
doc/src/sgml/y2k.sgml
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<!-- <!--
$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/y2k.sgml,v 1.6 2000/04/07 13:30:58 thomas Exp $ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/y2k.sgml,v 1.7 2000/05/02 20:01:53 thomas Exp $
--> -->
<sect1 id="y2k"> <sect1 id="y2k">
@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/doc/src/sgml/Attic/y2k.sgml,v 1.6 2000/04/07 13:30:58 th
<ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/user/datatype.htm">User's Guide</ulink> <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/user/datatype.htm">User's Guide</ulink>
in the chapter on data types. in the chapter on data types.
For two-digit years, the significant transition year is 1970, not 2000; For two-digit years, the significant transition year is 1970, not 2000;
e.g. <quote>70-01-01</quote> is interpreted as <quote>1970-01-01</quote>, e.g. "<literal>70-01-01</literal>" is interpreted as 1970-01-01,
whereas <quote>69-01-01</quote> is interpreted as <quote>2069-01-01</quote>. whereas "<literal>69-01-01</literal>" is interpreted as 2069-01-01.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>